WO2022071197A1 - User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Google Patents

User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022071197A1
WO2022071197A1 PCT/JP2021/035292 JP2021035292W WO2022071197A1 WO 2022071197 A1 WO2022071197 A1 WO 2022071197A1 JP 2021035292 W JP2021035292 W JP 2021035292W WO 2022071197 A1 WO2022071197 A1 WO 2022071197A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
procedure
network
identification information
snpn
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/035292
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雄大 河崎
真史 新本
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Priority to JP2022553937A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022071197A1/ja
Publication of WO2022071197A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022071197A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/50Service provisioning or reconfiguring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/02Access restriction performed under specific conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18Selecting a network or a communication service
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to UE (User Equipment) and communication control method.
  • UE User Equipment
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-166657 filed on October 1, 2020, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) has begun studying the system architecture of the next generation, that is, the 5GS (5G System), which is the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, and will support new procedures and new functions. Discussions are taking place (see Non-Patent Document 1, Non-Patent Document 2, Non-Patent Document 3, and Non-Patent Document 4).
  • optimization and diversification of communication procedures to support continuous mobile communication services for a wide variety of services optimization of communication procedures and optimization of system architecture according to diversification, etc. are also required. It is listed as a condition.
  • 3GPP TS 23.501 v16.6.0 (2020-09); Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; System Architecture for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 16) 3GPP TS 23.502 v16.6.0 (2020-09); Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Procedures for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 16) 3GPP TS 24.501 v17.0.0 (2020-09); Technical Specification Group Core Network and Terminals; Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3 (Release 17) 3GPP TR 23.700-07 v1.0.0 (2020-09); Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on enhanced support of non-public networks (Release 17)
  • 5G Core Network 5G Core Network
  • NPN Non-Public Network
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE are clearly defined. is not.
  • One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide the UE with NPN information when the UE needs to be connected to the NPN and registered in 5GS. It is to provide a communication means for the operation and a method for realizing the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE. Furthermore, in 5GS, it is also an object to provide a communication means when the provision of NPN information to the UE fails, and a method for realizing the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE.
  • a UE User Equipment; terminal device
  • a registration request message including information indicating only the onboarding service is transmitted to the control device, and the control device sends a registration request message to the control device.
  • the first information is a reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable, and includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit for receiving a registration refusal message including the information of 1.
  • the control unit puts information identifying the first network into the first list and further performs network selection, the first list being used by one or more onboarding services. It is characterized by being a list containing information that identifies a network that is not possible.
  • a UE (User Equipment; terminal device) communication control method wherein a registration request message including information indicating only an onboarding service is transmitted to a control device in a first network. It has a step of receiving a registration refusal message including the first information from the control device, and the first information is a reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable, and the first information is described above. Based on, the UE puts information identifying the first network into the first list and further performs network selection, the first list being used by one or more onboarding services. It is characterized by being a list containing information that identifies a network that is not possible.
  • a communication means and a core network to enable the UE to connect to and register with the NPN even when the UE does not hold information about the NPN. It is possible to realize the control process of the control device inside and the control process of the UE.
  • EPS / 5GS It is a figure explaining the outline of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). It is a figure explaining the detailed structure of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). It is a figure explaining the apparatus configuration of a UE. It is a figure explaining the structure of the access network apparatus (gNB) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining the structure of the core network apparatus (AMF / SMF / UPF) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining the first procedure. It is a figure explaining the registration procedure. It is a figure explaining the PDU session establishment procedure. It is a figure explaining the network-led non-registration procedure. It is a figure explaining the UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • gNB access network apparatus
  • AMF / SMF / UPF core network apparatus
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
  • the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network) _A5, access network _B120, core network _B190, and DN (Data Network) _A6. It is stated that
  • these devices / functions may be described by omitting symbols such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. ..
  • Fig. 2 shows the devices / functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, etc. Interfaces that connect devices and functions to each other are described.
  • these devices / functions are referred to as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5GAN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, etc. May be omitted.
  • the EPS Evolved Packet System
  • 4G system is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN.
  • 5GS which is a 5G system, is configured to include a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
  • the UE is a device that can connect to network services via 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also called 3GPPAN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also called non-3GPPAN).
  • 3GPP access network also called 3GPPAN
  • non-3GPP access network also called non-3GPPAN
  • the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device capable of connecting to EPS or 5GS.
  • the UE may be equipped with a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC).
  • UICC Universal Integrated Circuit Card
  • eUICC embedded UICC
  • the UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
  • the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or wireless LAN access network.
  • E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. If there are a plurality of eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface.
  • one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
  • access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5GAN).
  • 5GAN is composed of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or non-3GPP access network.
  • NG-RAN NG Radio Access Network
  • gNB NR Node B
  • gNB122 may be described by omitting a symbol such as eNB.
  • the gNB is a node that provides the NR (New Radio) user plane and the control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to the 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface).
  • gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS and has a different function from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system.
  • eNB base station device
  • EPS base station device
  • each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
  • E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access.
  • wireless LAN access network and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access.
  • the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
  • the device included in the access network_A and / or the access network_B and / or the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B is the access network or the access network device. May be called.
  • core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core).
  • EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Be placed.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PGW-C Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network).
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
  • the core network_A and / or the core network_B, the device included in the core network_A, and / or the device included in the core network_B are referred to as a core network or a core network device. There is.
  • the core network is a mobile network operator (Mobile) that connects the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with the PDN and / or DN. It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator; MNO), it may be a core network for a mobile communication operator that operates and manages mobile communication system 1, or it may be an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), etc. may be a core network for virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
  • MNO IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator
  • MNO Mobile Virtual Network Operator
  • MVNE Mobile Virtual Network Enabler
  • the PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides a communication service to the UE.
  • the DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service.
  • the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or a server device arranged in the PDN. Further, sending and receiving user data to and from the PDN may be sending and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN.
  • PDN may be expressed as DN
  • DN may be expressed as PDN.
  • access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and / or one or more devices included in these are referred to as a network or network device. May be called. That is, the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes the procedure means that the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, and DN It means that at least a part and / or one or more devices contained therein send / receive messages and / or perform procedures.
  • the UE can connect to the access network.
  • the UE can also connect to the core network via the access network.
  • the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can send / receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • non-IP communication may be used.
  • IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is transmitted and received by IP packets.
  • An IP packet is composed of an IP header and a payload part.
  • the payload section may include devices / functions included in EPS and data transmitted / received by devices / functions included in 5GS.
  • non-IP communication is data communication that does not use IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of IP packets.
  • non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which an IP header is not added, or a UE may add another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header. User data to be sent and received may be sent and received.
  • each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be done. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
  • each storage unit in each device / function appearing below may be, for example, a semiconductor memory or SSD (semiconductor memory unit). It consists of Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc.
  • each storage unit has not only the information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices / functions other than its own device / function (for example, UE and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and /. Or, various information transmitted / received to / from PDN and / or DN) can be stored.
  • each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described later. Further, each storage unit may store such information for each UE. In addition, each storage unit may store control messages and user data transmitted / received between 5GS and / or the devices / functions included in EPS when an interwork is performed between 5GS and EPS. can. At this time, not only those transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also those transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
  • the UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340.
  • the control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitter / receiver_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
  • Control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE.
  • the control unit_A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as needed.
  • the transmission / reception unit_A320 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via the antenna. That is, the UE may send and receive user data and / or control information between the access network device and / or the core network device and / or the PDN and / or the DN using the transmission / reception unit_A320. can.
  • the base station device eNB or gNB
  • the UE can communicate with the base station device (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320.
  • the UE can communicate with the base station device (gNB) in the 5GAN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320.
  • the UE can send and receive NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages to and from the AMF via the N1 interface by using the transmitter / receiver _A320.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of the UE.
  • the gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540.
  • the control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission / reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitter / receiver_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
  • Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and function of the entire gNB.
  • the control unit_B500 realizes various processes in gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as needed.
  • the network connection part_B520 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and / or control information to and from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
  • the transmission / reception unit_B530 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
  • gNB in 5GAN can communicate with AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection part_B520, and UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with. Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
  • the storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of gNB.
  • the AMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect to the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF. That is, the AMF uses the network connection _B720 to the user between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM, and / or the SCEF. Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
  • the AMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N2 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UDM via the N8 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface, and it can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface.
  • AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
  • the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN.
  • the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of AMF.
  • AMF has a function to exchange control messages with RAN using N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with UE using N1 interface, a function to encrypt and protect the integrity of NAS messages, and registration management.
  • the RM status for each UE is managed.
  • the RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF.
  • the RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state).
  • RM-DEREGISTERED state the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE.
  • the RM-REGISTERED state the UE is registered in the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network.
  • the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state.
  • the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state
  • the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
  • 5GMM-REGISTERED may be in a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established.
  • UE_A10 may start sending and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging. Further, when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
  • each device may be in a state where the 5GMM context has not been established, the location information of UE_A10 may not be known to the network, or the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in an impossible state. If each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure or establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
  • the CM status for each UE is managed.
  • the CM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF.
  • the CM state includes a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state).
  • CM-IDLE state the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state, but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-IDLE state the UE does not have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
  • N2 connection N2 interface connection
  • N3 connection N3 interface connection
  • the CM-CONNECTED state it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-CONNECTED state the UE may have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) and / or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
  • the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately.
  • the CM state in 3GPP access may be a non-connected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access).
  • the CM state in non-3GPP access includes the non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access and the connection state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) And so on.
  • the disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • the CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode (5GMM mode).
  • the non-connected state may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode)
  • the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM connected mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode).
  • the non-connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access
  • the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-) in 3GPP access. It may be expressed as CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access).
  • non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access is non.
  • -3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access).
  • the 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • AMF may be placed in the core network_B.
  • AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances).
  • the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among a plurality of NSIs.
  • CCNF Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)
  • N3IWF is a device and / or function that is placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when the UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
  • the SMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection part_B720 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and / or UPF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and / or control information between the AMF and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM by using the network connection unit_B720.
  • the SMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the PCF via the N7 interface, and it can communicate with the UDM via the N10 interface.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
  • SMF has session management functions such as establishment / modification / release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destinations (destination).
  • UPF setting function for routing traffic function for sending and receiving the SM part of NAS message, function for notifying that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide SM information peculiar to AN (for each AN) sent to, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, and the like.
  • the UPF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for the UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection _B720 to send and receive user data and / or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. Can be done.
  • the UPF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N3 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the SMF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and it can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of UPF.
  • the UPF acts as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting the DN (ie, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B).
  • Data forwarding function ), packet routing and forwarding function, ULCL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU session support.
  • It has a branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for userplane, a function for verifying uplink traffic, a function for buffering downlink packets, and a function for triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification).
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the UPF may also be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication.
  • the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication.
  • the multiple gateways may be a gateway connecting the core network_B and a single DN.
  • the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, or may be connected to each device via other NFs.
  • the user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network.
  • the user plane may be sent and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and / or the S1-U interface and / or the S5 interface and / or the S8 interface and / or the SGi interface.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and NG RAN and / or the N3 interface and / or the N9 interface and / or the N6 interface.
  • the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
  • control plane is a control message sent and received to control the communication of the UE.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface.
  • the control plane may be transmitted / received using the interface between the UE and NG RAN and the N2 interface.
  • the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or a C-Plane.
  • the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
  • the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
  • PCF has a function to provide policy rules.
  • UDM has an authentication information processing function, a user identification processing function, an access authentication function, a registration / mobility management function, a subscriber information management function, and the like.
  • PCRF is connected to PGW and / or PDN, and has a function of performing QoS management for data delivery. For example, it manages the QoS of the communication path between UE_A10 and PDN.
  • the PCRF may be a device for creating and / or managing PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rules and / or routing rules used by each device when transmitting and receiving user data.
  • PCC Policy and Charging Control
  • HSS is connected to MME and / or SCEF, and has a function to manage subscriber information.
  • HSS subscriber information is referred to, for example, when controlling access to MME.
  • the HSS may be connected to a location management device different from the MME.
  • SCEF is connected to DN and / or PDN, MME and HSS, and has a function as a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway connecting DN and / or PDN and core network_A. .. SCEF may be a gateway for non-IP communication. In addition, SCEF may have the ability to convert between non-IP communication and IP communication. Also, multiple such gateways may be located in the core network_A. The SCEF may be configured outside or inside the core network.
  • the network refers to at least a part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, the fact that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of messages may mean that devices (network devices and / or control devices) in the network execute message transmission / reception and / or processing. .. Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network executes transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
  • the network may refer to PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or NPN, which will be described later. Further, when it is expressed that the UE makes a network selection, it may indicate that the UE makes a PLMN selection, or it may indicate that the UE makes an SNPN selection.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • NPN Network Public Network
  • the registered PLMN (registered PLMN) is the PLMN in which the UE is registered.
  • Equivalent PLMN is a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same PLMN as any PLMN in the network.
  • an equal PLMN may be one or more PLMNs treated the same as a registered PLMN.
  • the SM (session management) message (also referred to as NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message) may be a NAS message used in the procedure for SM, and is sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. It may be a control message to be performed.
  • SM messages include PDU session establishment request messages, PDU session establishment acceptance messages, PDU session completion messages, PDU session rejection messages, PDU session change request messages, PDU session change acceptance messages, PDU session change response messages, and the like. You may.
  • the procedure for SM may also include a PDU session establishment procedure.
  • the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Further, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
  • non5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
  • the single registration mode is a mode in which UE_A10 maintains a common registration state for the 5GMM state and EMM state when N1 mode and S1 mode are available.
  • the dual registration mode is a mode in which UE_A10 maintains the registered state independently of the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available.
  • UE_A10 may be registered in the network only in N1 mode (that is, registered only in 5GC), or may be registered in the network only in S1 mode (registered only in EPC). Alternatively, it may be registered in the network (registered in both 5GC and EPC) in both N1 mode and S1 mode.
  • UEs that support both 5GC and EPC NAS can operate in single registration mode or dual registration mode.
  • S1 mode is a mode that allows UE_A10 to access EPC via E-UTRAN.
  • the S1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the S1 interface.
  • the S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
  • N1 mode is a mode that allows UE_A10 to access 5GC via a 5G access network.
  • the N1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the N1 interface.
  • APN Access Point Name
  • PDN public network address
  • APN Access Point Name
  • PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 may be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network A_90.
  • the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6.
  • IPv4v6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6.
  • non-IP it indicates that communication is performed by a communication method other than IP, not communication using IP.
  • a PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as a relationship between a DN that provides a PDU connectivity service and a UE, but it is established between the UE and an external gateway. It may be connectivity.
  • the UE can send and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session.
  • the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like.
  • the UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located on the DN.
  • each device may manage one or more identification information in association with each PDU session.
  • these identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rule, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, and other information. It may be further included. Further, when a plurality of PDU sessions are established, the identification information associated with the PDU session may have the same content or different contents.
  • DNN Data Network Name
  • DNN may be identification information that identifies the core network and / or the external network such as DN.
  • DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network B190.
  • the DNN may correspond to an APN (Access Point Name).
  • the PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured.
  • IPv4 When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4.
  • IPv6 When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed.
  • Unstructured it indicates that data is sent / received to the application server etc. in the DN by using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology.
  • P2P point-to-point
  • the PDU session type may include an IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
  • a network slice is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics.
  • UEs and / or networks can support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS.
  • a network slice instance is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged.
  • NF is a processing function in the network and is adopted or defined in 3GPP.
  • NSI is an entity of NS composed of one or more in core network_B.
  • NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated by using NST (Network Slice Template).
  • NST Network Slice Template
  • NST Network Slice Template
  • the NSI may be an aggregate in the core network_B190 composed of a plurality of NFs.
  • NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by services and the like.
  • One or more NFs may be configured in NS.
  • the NF configured in NS may or may not be a device shared with other NS.
  • UE and / or devices in the network are 1 or more based on NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or registration information such as 1 or more NSI IDs and / or APN. Can be assigned to NS.
  • the UE usage type is a parameter value included in the UE registration information used to identify the NSI.
  • the UE usage type may be stored in the HSS.
  • AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI may be composed of only SST (Slice / Service type) or may be composed of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator).
  • SST is information indicating the operation of NS expected in terms of functions and services.
  • the SD may be information that interpolates the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs represented by the SST.
  • the S-NSSAI may be information peculiar to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs.
  • the network may store one or more S-NSSAI in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS related to the UE.
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the UE may memorize the NSSAI permitted by the network for each PLMN. Also, NSSAI may be the information used to select AMF.
  • SSC Session and Service Continuity
  • SSC Session and Service Continuity
  • SSC Session and Service Continuity
  • SSC mode indicates the mode of session service continuity (Session and Service Continuity) supported by the system and / or each device in the 5G system (5GS). More specifically, it may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation supported by the PDU session established between UE_A10 and UPF.
  • the SSC mode may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation set for each PDU session. Further, the SSC mode may be composed of three modes, SSC mode 1, SSC mode 2, and SSC mode 3.
  • the SSC mode associated with the PDU session does not have to be changed for the life of the PDU session.
  • the RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection is a connection established between the UE and the base station device in the access network. More specifically, an RRC connection is a connection established at a Uu reference point between a UE and a base station appliance in an access network.
  • the RRC connection may be configured with a wireless bearer.
  • the RRC connection may be a connection established in 3GPP access.
  • the RRC connection may be a connection established in the RRC layer below the NAS layer.
  • the RRC connection may be a connection established and / or released by sending and receiving an RRC message of the RRC layer.
  • the RRC connection may be a connection that is suspended by sending and receiving RRC messages of the RRC layer.
  • 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication is a state indicating that the state of the NAS layer is a connected state even though the RRC layer is inactive.
  • the 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a state where the radio bearer is released while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
  • 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a state where the RRC connection is suspended. More specifically, in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication, the NAS layer state is the connected state, but the RRC connection may be suspended. In other words, the 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a suspended state of the RRC connection while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
  • the UE may transition from 5GMM-CONNECTED mode to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication from the lower layer based on the reception of information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended. Furthermore, the UE transitions only the state for 3GPP access from 5GMM-CONNECTED mode to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication from the lower layer based on the reception of information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended. May be good.
  • the information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended may be an indication indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended.
  • support for 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer can be maintained in the connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean that it is supported.
  • use of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in the connected state even when the notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean.
  • PDU session with suspended user-plane resources is a PDU session in which user plane resources are established or re-established and the wireless bearer is suspended.
  • the timing at which the wireless bearer is suspended may be the timing at which the UE transitions to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication.
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer.
  • the tracking area is a single or multiple range that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network.
  • the tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the same as these. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area).
  • the TA list is a list that includes one or more TAs assigned to UE_A10 by the network.
  • UE_A10 may be able to move without executing the tracking area update procedure while moving within one or more TAs included in the TA list.
  • the UE_A10 may be a group of information indicating an area in which the TA list can be moved without performing the tracking area update procedure.
  • the TA list may be expressed as a TAI list composed of one or more TAI (Tracking area identity), and hereinafter, the TAI list may refer to the TA list.
  • LADN Local Area Data Network
  • the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a particular location by using a PDU session associated with a particular DNN. Further, the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a specific combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI.
  • LADN information is information related to LADN.
  • the LADN information may be information indicating a specific LADN available to the UE.
  • the LADN information may include LADN DNN and LADN service area information. More specifically, the LADN information may include one or more pieces of information existing for each LADN (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating LADN). Further, the information indicating LADN may include LADN DNN and LADN service area information.
  • the LADN DNN may be information that identifies the LADN, may be information that identifies the DN that is treated as the LADN, or may be a DNN that is used when establishing a PDU session for the LADN. ..
  • the LADN information may be the information having the configuration described above.
  • the LADN service area may be the conventional LADN service area.
  • the LADN information when the LADN information is the extended LADN information, the LADN information may be a part of the above-described configuration extended information. Specifically, if the LADN information is extended LADN information, the LADN service area may be the extended LADN service area. Further, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating LADN may further include information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid and / or information indicating the particle size of the LADN service area. Further, if the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating LADN may further include S-NSSAI.
  • the LADN service area is an area where a PDU session can be established for LADN.
  • the LADN service area may be an area where connection to LADN is possible.
  • the LADN service area may be an area indicated by the LADN service area information.
  • the LADN service area information may be information that identifies the LADN service area, and may be provided as a set of tracking areas or as a TAI (Tracking area identity) list.
  • the LADN service area may be an area composed of tracking areas that belong to the registration area to which the UE is currently connected. In other words, if the LADN service area is a conventional LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of one or more tracking areas. Conversely, when the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of the tracking area, or may be covered by some base stations in the tracking area. Area may be. Further, when the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area having a size other than the area configured by the tracking area, or may be an area independent of the tracking area. May be good. In other words, if the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of one or more tracking areas, or may be composed of one or more tracking areas. It may be an area different from the area.
  • the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list composed of one or more tracking area IDs.
  • the LADN service area information may be information that requires assistance from RAN (Radio Access Network).
  • Information that does not require RAN assistance may be used.
  • the information that requires RAN assistance may be cell information or base station information.
  • the information that requires RAN assistance may be a cell ID or a base station ID.
  • the information that requires RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information defined by RAN.
  • the information that does not require RAN assistance may be physical location information or location information that can be acquired by the application.
  • the information that does not require RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information that can be acquired other than RAN.
  • RAN may be expressed as an access network.
  • the access network may be referred to as RAN.
  • Expansion of the LADN service area may mean using a LADN service area having a particle size different from that of the conventional LADN service area. Further, the expansion of the LADN service area may mean using the expanded LADN information different from the conventional LADN information. Further, the extension of the LADN service area may mean connecting to the extended LADN, which is different from the conventional LADN.
  • the expanded LADN service area which is different from the conventional LADN service area, may be applicable in addition to the conventional LADN service area. Further, if each device supports the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN information different from the conventional LADN information may be available in addition to the conventional LADN information. Further, if each device supports the expansion of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN different from the conventional LADN in addition to the conventional LADN.
  • the expanded LADN service area may not be adaptable and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Further, if some of the devices do not support the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN information may not be available and only the traditional LADN information may be available. Further, if some of the devices do not support the expansion of the LADN service area, it may not be possible to connect to the expanded LADN, but only to the conventional LADN.
  • the extended LADN service area may not be applicable, and only the conventional LADN service area may be applicable. Further, if each device supports the use restriction of the extended LADN service area, the extended LADN information may not be available and only the conventional LADN information may be available. Further, if each device supports the extended usage restrictions of the LADN service area, it may not be possible to connect to the extended LADN, but only to the conventional LADN.
  • the extended LADN service area may also be adaptable.
  • extended LADN information may also be available if each device does not support the use restrictions of the extended LADN service area.
  • each device does not support the extended usage restrictions of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN.
  • a PDU session for LADN is a PDU session associated with a DNN associated with LADN.
  • the PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session established for LADN. In other words, it may be a PDU session established between the UE and LADN, or it may be a PDU session used for user data communication between the UE and LADN.
  • the PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only in the LADN service area.
  • the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN by using a particular DNN at a particular location.
  • the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN at a particular location by using a particular combination of a particular DNN and a particular S-NSSAI.
  • Non-Public Network is a private network that is used by specific users for specific purposes, such as private use such as companies, not for general use.
  • NPN Non-Public Network
  • the SNPN is a network operated by the NPN operator and not affected by the functional parts provided by PLMN.
  • the SNPN is an NPN-only network independent of the publicly available PLMN.
  • the SNPN may be a network identified by the SNPN identity (SNPN ID).
  • the SNPN ID may be information that is a combination of the PLMN ID and the Network identifier (NID).
  • the PLMN ID used for the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network, and for example, the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999.
  • the registered SNPN may be referred to as a registered SNPN or RSNPN (registered SNPN).
  • NID Network identifier
  • the SNPN may be identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID information.
  • the NID may be unique information within the SNPN or may be globally unique information.
  • Public network integrated NPN is a network realized by using the functional parts of PLMN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN.
  • Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that can be created via PLMN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be realized by using the function of the network slice.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be a feasible network by using the network slice assigned for the NPN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID.
  • Public network integrated NPN may be realized by using DN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be a feasible network by using a DN for the NPN.
  • the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by the DNN or by the combination of the DNN and the CAG ID.
  • the CAG (Closed Access Groups) ID is information that identifies a group of subscribers who are permitted to connect to one or more cells associated with the CAG.
  • the CAG may be a group identified by the CAG ID.
  • CAG is a group used to realize Public network integrated NPN in network slices.
  • the CAG may be used to prevent attempts to access network slices assigned for NPNs from UEs that do not allow NPNs.
  • the CAG ID is unique information within the PLMN.
  • a UE with SNPN enabled is a UE for which the use of SNPN is set.
  • An SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information about the SNPN.
  • the setting information of the UE in which the SNPN is valid may include information indicating that the SNPN can be used.
  • SNPN-enabled UEs may support SNPN access modes. In other words, a UE with SNPN enabled may operate in SNPN access mode.
  • SNPN access mode is the mode in which SNPN is selected.
  • the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is registered in the SNPN.
  • the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is connected to the SNPN.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN when selecting a network.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN via the Uu interface when selecting a network.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select SNPN instead of PLMN when selecting a network.
  • a UE operating in the SNPN access mode may be expressed as a UE in the SNPN access mode.
  • the UE in the SNPN access mode may be a UE in which the SNPN is valid.
  • Equivalent PLMN may be an SNPN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN.
  • an equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs that are treated the same as a registered SNPN.
  • the equal SNPN may be a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN.
  • the equal SNPN may be one or more PLMNs treated the same as the registered SNPN.
  • the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as any SNPN, or may be a PLMN.
  • the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, or it may be a PLMN.
  • the equal SNPN may be a PLMN identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, and an equal PLMN of the PLMN.
  • the default UE credentials are the information held by the UE before the actual onboarding procedure.
  • the default UE certificate may be information used to uniquely identify the UE.
  • the default UE certificate may be information used to prove the security of the UE.
  • the default certificate server (DefaultCredentialServer: DCS) is a server that can authenticate UE using the default UE certificate. It may be a server that can provide a UE authentication function using a default UE certificate to a default certificate server, another device, or an entity.
  • NPN credentials are information used by the UE for authentication in order to access the NPN.
  • the NPN certificate may be a 3GPP certificate or a non-3GPP certificate.
  • Onboarding Network is a network that provides UE with initial registration and / or access for onboarding.
  • the UE may register and / or access the onboarding network and perform onboarding.
  • the onboarding network may be realized by PLMN.
  • the onboarding network may be implemented by SNPN.
  • the provisioning server is a server that provides subscription data to UEs that have been authenticated and approved.
  • the provisioning server may be a server that provides subscription data and other configuration information to an authenticated UE.
  • the provisioning server may be a server existing in the onboarding network. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the PLMN. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the SNPN. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the core network. In addition, the provisioning server may be a server that resides on an external DN.
  • the subscription owner stores the subscription data and / or other configuration information, and as a result of the UE onboarding procedure, the subscription data and / or other configuration information is transferred via the PS domain.
  • the subscription owner is the entity that stores the subscription data and / or other configuration information and provides the UE with the subscription data and / or other configuration information in the UE onboarding procedure. It's okay.
  • UE onboarding is to provide the UE and the entity inside the network with the information necessary for the UE to gain access and connectivity to the approved NPN.
  • UE onboarding may be to provide information to the UE or an entity inside the network.
  • the information may be information necessary for the UE to access the NPN and establish connectivity. Further, the access and connectivity to the NPN may be approved. Further, the information may be SNPN information.
  • the UE may perform UE onboarding to obtain the information needed to access or establish connectivity to the NPN. ..
  • the UE may carry out procedures for establishing access to and connectivity to the NPN after performing UE onboarding.
  • UE onboarding may be referred to as UE onboarding procedure. Further, UE onboarding may be referred to as an onboarding service. Further, UE onboarding may be referred to as onboarding.
  • UE onboarding procedure when expressed as UE onboarding procedure, it may mean UE onboarding.
  • onboarding service when expressed as onboarding, it may mean UE onboarding.
  • SNPN information is information that the UE needs to access SNPN and establish connectivity.
  • the SNPN information may be information used by the UE to carry out procedures for establishing access and connectivity to the SNPN. Further, the SNPN information may be subscription data and / or other setting information. Further, the SNPN information may be an NPN certificate. Further, the SNPN information may be referred to as NPN information.
  • the UE may acquire SNPN information from the network in UE onboarding. More specifically, the UE may obtain SNPN information from the provisioning server or subscription owner in UE onboarding.
  • the network may provide SNPN information to the UE in UE onboarding. More specifically, the provisioning server, or subscription owner, may provide the UE with SNPN information in UE onboarding.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information is a procedure for the network to provide SNPN information to the UE.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a procedure for carrying out UE onboarding.
  • the network may provide SNPN information to the UE in the procedure for providing SNPN information. More specifically, the provisioning server or the subscription owner may provide the SNPN information to the UE in the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
  • the UE may acquire SNPN information from the network in the procedure for providing SNPN information. More specifically, the UE may obtain SNPN information from the provisioning server or the subscription owner in the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the UE may release the first list based on the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. In other words, the UE may release the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
  • the UE may release the first list based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure. In other words, if the UE holds the first list, it may release the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
  • the UE may release the first list in the non-registration procedure performed upon completion of the SNPN information provision procedure. More specifically, if the UE retains the first list, it may release the first list in the non-registration procedure performed upon completion of the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information may include a procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane and a procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure in which the network provides SNPN information to the UE via the user plane.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network via the user plane.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure for providing SNPN information from the network to the UE using the PDU session after establishing a PDU session between the UE and the network. ..
  • the network when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the network establishes a PDU session with the UE and transmits the SNPN information to the UE on the PDU session, thereby performing the UE.
  • SNPN information may be provided to.
  • the UE when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the UE establishes a PDU session with the network and receives the SNPN information from the network on the PDU session. SNPN information may be acquired.
  • the PDU session used to provide the SNPN information may be the PDU session used to provide the SNPN information.
  • the PDU session used to provide SNPN information may be a PDU session for providing SNPN information.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure in which the network provides SNPN information to the UE via the control plane.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network via the control plane.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure for providing SNPN information from the network to the UE using control messages transmitted and received on the control plane.
  • the SNPN information may be provided to the UE by including the SNPN information in the URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) and transmitting it to the UE. Furthermore, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the SNPN information is included in the PCO (Protocol Configuration Options) or ePCO (Extended Protocol Configuration Options) and sent to the UE, so that the SNPN information can be sent to the UE. May be provided.
  • PCO Protocol Configuration Options
  • ePCO Extended Protocol Configuration Options
  • the UE may acquire the SNPN information from the UE by receiving the SNPN information contained in the URSP from the network.
  • the UE may acquire the SNPN information from the UE by receiving the SNPN information contained in the PCO or the ePCO from the network.
  • the URSP may be an information element included in the UE policy management command message (MANAGE UE POLICY COMMAND message).
  • the PCO may be an information element included in the SM message (Session Management message).
  • the ePCO may be an information element included in the SM message (Session Management message).
  • the UE policy management command message may be a control message sent and received between the PCF and the UE.
  • the SM message may be a control message sent and received between the UE and the SMF.
  • the SM message includes a PDU session establishment reception message (PDU SESSION ESTABLISHMENT ACCEPT message), a PDU session change command message (PDU SESSION MODIFICATION COMMAND message), a PDU session release command message (PDU SESSION RELEASE COMMAND message), and the like. May be good.
  • the first list is a list that contains information that identifies one or more networks for which the onboarding service is unavailable.
  • the first list may be a list containing information that identifies one or more networks.
  • the first list may be a set of information that identifies one or more networks.
  • the network identified by the information that identifies the network may be a network for which the onboarding service cannot be used. Further, the network identified by the information identifying the network may be a network that does not support the onboarding service. Further, the network identified by the information that identifies the network may be PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or SNPN (Stand-alone Non-Public Network).
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • SNPN Tin-alone Non-Public Network
  • the information that identifies the network may be information that identifies PLMN or information that identifies SNPN.
  • the information that identifies the network may be a PLMN ID and / or an SNPN ID.
  • the information that identifies the network may be PLMN identity and / or SNPN identity.
  • the first list may be managed until the SNPN information is provided to the UE.
  • the first list may be freed based on the provision of SNPN information to the UE.
  • the first list may be released based on the execution of the non-registration procedure.
  • the first list may be released based on power off and / or SIM retrieval.
  • the first list may be released based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the first list may be managed for each access. Specifically, the first list may be managed separately as a list for 3GPP access and a list for non-3GPP access.
  • the first identification information is information indicating only the onboarding service. Further, the first identification information may be information indicating a request only for the onboarding service. Further, the first identification information may be information indicating a registration request that can be used only by the onboarding service. The first identification information may be realized by the request type for which the onboarding service is set.
  • the first identification information may be information indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service.
  • the first identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports registrations available only for onboarding services, or information indicating that the UE does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. May be.
  • the first identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service.
  • the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is a bit that constitutes the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
  • the first identification information may be the default UE certificate. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the UE. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the default certificate server. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the network to be connected to.
  • the first identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
  • the second identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE.
  • the second identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the UE may acquire SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating support.
  • the second identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE.
  • the bit indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the UE may be a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G.
  • the second identification information may be information including the meaning indicated by the third identification information and the meaning indicated by the fourth identification information. Further, the second identification information may be information composed of the third identification information and the fourth identification information.
  • the second identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
  • the third identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP).
  • the third identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane, or information indicating that the UE does not support acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane. May be. Further, the third identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane.
  • the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane is a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
  • the third identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
  • the fourth identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane (CP).
  • the fourth identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane, or information indicating that the UE does not support acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane. It may be. Further, the fourth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane.
  • the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane is a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
  • the fourth identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
  • the fifth identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information requested by the UE.
  • the fifth identification information may be information indicating that the UE requests acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the UE may acquire SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating that the request is made.
  • the fifth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of the procedure for providing the SNPN information requested by the UE.
  • the bit indicating the type of the SNPN information provision procedure requested by the UE may be a bit constituting the 5GS update type information element.
  • the fifth identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
  • the eleventh identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service.
  • the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that the network supports registrations available only for onboarding services, or information indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. It may be. Further, the eleventh identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service.
  • a bit indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
  • the eleventh identification information may be information indicating whether or not registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted.
  • the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted, or information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted. There may be. Further, the eleventh identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted.
  • the eleventh identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
  • the twelfth identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network.
  • the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the network may provide SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating support. Further, the twelfth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network. Here, even if the bit indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network is a bit constituting the 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. good.
  • the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the user plane. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the user plane is supported.
  • the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the control plane. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the control plane is supported.
  • the twelfth identification information may be information including the meaning indicated by the thirteenth identification information and the meaning indicated by the fourteenth identification information. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information composed of the thirteenth identification information and the fourteenth identification information.
  • the twelfth identification information is one or more identification information among the second to fifth identification information received by the network, and / or information associated with NSI, and / or network capability information. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
  • the thirteenth identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane (UP).
  • the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane, or information indicating that the network does not support the provision of SNPN information via the user plane. It may be. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane.
  • a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
  • the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the user plane. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the user plane is supported.
  • the thirteenth identification information is one or more identification information among the second to fifth identification information received by the network, and / or information associated with NSI, and / or network capability information. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
  • the 14th identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane (CP).
  • the fourteenth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane, or information indicating that the network does not support the provision of SNPN information via the control plane. It may be. Further, the 14th identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane.
  • a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
  • the 14th identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the control plane. Further, the 14th identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the control plane is supported.
  • the 14th identification information is one or more identification information among the 2nd to 5th identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capacity information of the network. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
  • the 21st identification information is a reason value indicating the reason why the registration procedure was rejected.
  • the 21st identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
  • the reason value may indicate that the onboarding service cannot be used.
  • the reason value may indicate that the onboarding service is not allowed.
  • the reason value may indicate that registrations available only for onboarding services are not allowed.
  • the reason value may indicate that the network does not support the onboarding service.
  • the reason value may indicate that the network does not support registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
  • the reason value may indicate that the request for the onboarding service only has been rejected. Further, the reason value may indicate that the request for registration that can only be used for the onboarding service has been rejected.
  • the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service cannot be used. In other words, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service is not permitted. Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted.
  • the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the network does not support the onboarding service.
  • the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
  • the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the request for the onboarding service only has been rejected. Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the request for registration that can be used only by the onboarding service has been rejected.
  • the 21st identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
  • the 31st identification information is a reason value indicating the reason why the non-registration procedure was started.
  • the 31st identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been successful.
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has failed.
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been completed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been completed normally. In other words, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the UE has acquired the SNPN information, or may be information indicating that the network has provided the SNPN information. ..
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has failed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has not been completed normally. In other words, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the UE could not obtain the SNPN information, or may be information indicating that the network could not provide the SNPN information. ..
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed normally. On the contrary, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed normally.
  • the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service cannot be used.
  • the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service is not permitted.
  • the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted.
  • the 31st identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
  • the procedure used in each embodiment includes a registration procedure (Registration procedure), a PDU session establishment procedure (PDU session establishment procedure), and a UE setting update procedure (Generic UE configuration update procedure).
  • Registration procedure Registration procedure
  • PDU session establishment procedure PDU session establishment procedure
  • UE setting update procedure Generic UE configuration update procedure
  • HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are each the same device (that is, the same physical device).
  • the case where it is configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the content described in this embodiment is also applicable when they are configured as different devices (ie, different physical hardware, or different logical hardware, or different software).
  • data may be transmitted / received directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted / received via UE.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS.
  • this procedure refers to the registration procedure.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the initiative in registering with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN.
  • the UE can execute this procedure at any time, for example, when the power is turned on, as long as it is not registered in the network.
  • the UE can start this procedure at any time if it is in the unregistered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state).
  • each device particularly UE and AMF
  • the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and / or periodically notifies the network of the status of the UE from the UE and / or updates certain parameters about the UE in the network. It may be the procedure of.
  • the UE may start the registration procedure when it has mobility across TAs. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process when it moves to a TA that is different from the TA shown in the TA list it holds. In addition, the UE may initiate this procedure when the running timer expires. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process if there is a change in capability information and / or preferences regarding the establishment of the UE's PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on a regular basis. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of the UE setting update procedure. The UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
  • the UE may start the registration procedure on a regular basis even if it is in the registered state. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the registration procedure executed based on the mobility of the UE and the registration procedure executed regularly may be expressed as the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and renewal of registration may be a registration procedure performed based on the mobility of the UE, or may be a registration procedure performed periodically.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure executed based on the setting update of the UE.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure executed to establish a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure performed based on a request from the network.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure other than the initial registration procedure.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be referred to as this procedure.
  • the registration procedure described below may be an initial registration procedure or a registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal.
  • the UE starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to 5GAN (or gNB) (S800).
  • the registration request message is a NAS message.
  • the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN (or gNB).
  • NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer.
  • the NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
  • the UE may send one or more identification information out of at least the first to fifth identification information by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message. More specifically, the UE may send at least one of the identification information from the first to the fifth identification information by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message, but the control is different from these.
  • the message may be included in the control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmitted.
  • the UE may indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate a request of the UE. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, when requesting a registration that can be used only by the onboarding service, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message.
  • the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message.
  • the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message when it is necessary to execute the onboarding service. Further, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message when it is necessary to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
  • the UE may include the first identification information in the registration request message if it supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services. More specifically, if the UE supports onboarding services, the registration request message may include first identification information indicating that the UE supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
  • the registration request message may include a second identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the registration request message indicates that the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in. In addition, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message includes a second identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be good.
  • the UE may include the third identification information in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, a request message for registering a third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be included in.
  • the UE may include the fourth identification information in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message indicates that the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. May be included in.
  • the registration request message includes a fourth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may.
  • the registration request message may include a fourth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. good.
  • the UE may include the fifth identification information in the registration request message when requesting the use of the SNPN information provision procedure. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information requested by the UE in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE requests the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane in the registration request message. good. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane in the registration request message.
  • the UE may indicate to the network the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. good. Further, the UE requests the network for the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to 5 identification information in the registration request message. May be good.
  • the UE may also include the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or send the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
  • 5GAN When 5GAN (or gNB) receives an RRC message including a registration request message, it selects the AMF to which the registration request message is forwarded (S802). Note that 5GAN (or gNB) can select AMF based on the information contained in the registration request message and / or RRC message. 5GAN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and forwards the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
  • the AMF When the AMF receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination.
  • the first conditional determination is for determining whether or not the network (or AMF) accepts the UE's request.
  • the AMF initiates the procedure (A) in FIG. 7 if the first condition determination is true, whereas the AMF initiates the procedure (B) in FIG. 7 if the first condition determination is false.
  • the first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message and / or each identification information contained in the registration request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and It may be executed based on / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF. For example, if the network allows the UE request, the first condition determination is true, and if the network does not allow the UE request, the first condition determination may be false. Also, if the network to which the UE is registered and / or the devices in the network support the functions required by the UE, the first condition determination is true and does not support the functions required by the UE. In this case, the first condition determination may be false.
  • the first conditional determination may be true, and if the transmitted / received identification information is not permitted, the first conditional determination may be false.
  • the condition for determining the truth of the first condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
  • the AMF can first execute the fourth condition determination in the procedure (A) of FIG.
  • the fourth condition determination is for determining whether or not the AMF sends and receives SM messages to and from the SMF.
  • the fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether or not the AMF has received the SM message. Further, the fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether the registration request message includes the SM message. For example, if the AMF received the SM message and / or if the registration request message contained the SM message, the fourth condition determination may be true and if the AMF did not receive the SM message. And / or if the registration request message does not contain an SM message, the fourth condition determination may be false.
  • the condition for determining the truth of the fourth condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
  • AMF selects SMF if the fourth condition is true and sends and receives SM messages to and from the selected SMF, whereas AMF is false if the fourth condition is false. , Do not execute them (S806). Further, even if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may cancel the procedure of FIG. 7 (A) when it receives the SM message indicating rejection from the SMF. At this time, AMF can start the procedure of (B) in FIG.
  • AMF when sending and receiving SM messages to and from SMF, AMF can notify SMF of the identification information received in the registration request message.
  • the SMF can acquire the identification information received from the AMF by sending and receiving SM messages to and from the AMF.
  • the AMF then sends the UE via 5GAN (or gNB) as a response message to the registration request message based on the receipt of the registration request message and / or the completion of sending and receiving the SM message to and from the SMF.
  • Send a Registration accept message (S808).
  • the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on the receipt of the registration request message from the UE.
  • the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on the completion of sending and receiving the SM message to and from the SMF.
  • the registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but it is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
  • AMF may send the registration acceptance message including at least one of the identification information of at least 11th to 14th.
  • the AMF may indicate that the network supports each function, or may indicate that the UE request has been accepted.
  • two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • the network When permitting the onboarding service, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. Further, the network may include one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the registration is allowed to be used only by the onboarding service. Further, if the network permits the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message.
  • one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. Further, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message.
  • the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. Further, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the onboarding service can be executed. Further, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information can be executed.
  • the eleventh identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports onboarding services, the registration acceptance message may include an eleventh identity indicating that the network supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
  • the registration acceptance message may include a twelfth identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, a twelfth identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in. In addition, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration acceptance message includes a twelfth identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be good.
  • the 13th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the 13th identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in.
  • the 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the 14th identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be included in.
  • the registration acceptance message includes the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may.
  • the registration acceptance message may include the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. good.
  • the network indicates to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration acceptance message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. good.
  • the network allows the UE to include the identification information contained in the registration acceptance message by including one or more of the identification information in the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. May be good.
  • AMF indicates which identification information is included in the registration acceptance message among the 11th to 14th identification information, each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and /. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF can send the registration acceptance message including the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment acceptance message), or send the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment acceptance message) together with the registration acceptance message.
  • this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. Further, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included together with the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true.
  • the AMF can indicate that the procedure for SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
  • AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or. It may be shown that the request of the UE has been accepted by sending the registration acceptance message based on the context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF may send the registration acceptance message with information indicating that some UE requests have been rejected, or may send information indicating that some UE requests have been rejected. By doing so, it may indicate the reason why some requests of the UE are rejected.
  • the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by AMF is not permitted.
  • UE receives a registration acceptance message from AMF via 5GAN (gNB) (S808).
  • gNB 5GAN
  • the UE can recognize that the UE's request by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration acceptance message.
  • the UE can also send a registration completion message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S810).
  • gNB 5GAN
  • the UE may send the registration completion message including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message. , May indicate that the procedure for SM has been completed.
  • the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
  • AMF receives a registration completion message via 5GAN (gNB) (S810). Further, each device completes the procedure of (A) in FIG. 7 based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
  • gNB 5GAN
  • the AMF sends a registration rejection message to the UE via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S812).
  • the registration refusal message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
  • the AMF may send the registration refusal message including at least the 21st identification information, or may send the 21st identification information to indicate that the UE request has been rejected. However, it may indicate the reason why the UE request was rejected.
  • the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not allow registrations that can only be used by the onboarding service.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not permit the use of the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it is not possible to provide the SNPN information.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if the onboarding service is not executable.
  • the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it is not possible to perform the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message. More specifically, if the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services, a 21st identification refusal message indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. May be included in.
  • the registration refusal message may include the 21st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is not supported.
  • the network may include a 21st identification information in the registration refusal message indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the network may include a 21st identification in the registration refusal message indicating that it does not support the requested SNPN information provision procedure. .. More specifically, if the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it registers a 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. It may be included in the rejection message. In addition, if the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration refusal message will indicate that the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. May be included.
  • the network may indicate to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration refusal message by including the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message. Further, the network does not have to allow the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration refusal message by including the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message.
  • AMF may include at least the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message, each identification information received, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
  • AMF may indicate that the UE request by the registration request message has been rejected by sending a registration refusal message.
  • the AMF may send the registration refusal message with information indicating the reason for refusal, or may send the reason for refusal to indicate the reason for refusal.
  • the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request is rejected by receiving the information indicating the reason why the UE's request is rejected.
  • the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by AMF is not permitted.
  • the UE receives a registration refusal message from AMF via 5GAN (gNB) (S812).
  • the UE can recognize that the UE's request by the registration request message has been rejected and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration refusal message. Further, the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the registration refusal message is not received even after a predetermined period has elapsed after the registration request message is transmitted.
  • Each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the registration refusal message.
  • the procedure (B) in Fig. 7 may be started when the procedure in (A) in Fig. 7 is canceled.
  • the AMF may send the registration refusal message including the SM message indicating rejection such as the PDU session establishment refusal message.
  • the inclusion of an SM message indicating rejection may indicate that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
  • the UE may further receive an SM message indicating rejection, such as a PDU session establishment refusal message, or may recognize that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
  • Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure (A) or (B) in Fig. 7.
  • Each device may transition to the state in which the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure (A) in FIG. 7, or the procedure in (B) in FIG. 7 is completed.
  • the UE may be maintained in the state of not being registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state), or the UE may be transitioned to the state of not being registered in the network. Further, the transition of each device to each state may be performed based on the completion of the registration procedure or may be performed based on the establishment of the PDU session.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the registration procedure based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, when sending and receiving information indicating that a part of the UE's request has been rejected, the reason why the UE's request has been rejected may be recognized. Further, each device may carry out this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may carry out the registration procedure for the core network_B or another cell.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration refusal message based on the completion of the registration procedure, and may recognize the network decision.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is permitted when it receives one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the use of the SNPN information provision procedure is permitted when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is supported when it receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is supported when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received.
  • the UE may recognize that it is possible to provide the SNPN information of the network when receiving one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service can be executed when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the procedure for providing the SNPN information can be executed.
  • the UE may recognize that if it receives the eleventh identification information, it supports registrations that can only be used by the onboarding service. More specifically, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is supported if it receives an eleventh identification that indicates that the network supports registrations that are only available for the onboarding service. ..
  • the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure is supported when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network. More specifically, if the UE receives a twelfth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be recognized. Furthermore, the UE recognizes that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information via the user plane is supported. More specifically, if the UE receives a thirteenth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be recognized.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 14th identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. More specifically, if the UE receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be recognized.
  • the UE recognizes that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO is supported. In addition, the UE recognizes that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. You may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP is supported.
  • the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, even if the UE recognizes that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration acceptance message is permitted. good.
  • the UE recognizes that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of a PDU session for a function other than the onboarding service is prohibited. You may. In addition, the UE is set to prohibit the establishment of a PDU session for functions other than the onboarding service when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. You may. In other words, the UE sets the PDU session establishment procedure for functions other than the onboarding service not to start when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. You may.
  • the UE recognizes that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is prohibited. You may. Furthermore, the UE is set so that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is prohibited. May be good. In other words, if the UE receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information, the PDU session establishment procedure for the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not started. It may be set as follows. Furthermore, the UE is set so that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not started. You may.
  • the period during which establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be a period managed by a timer.
  • the UE may be set so that the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is not prohibited based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the period during which the establishment of a PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be until a new registration procedure and / or a non-registration procedure is executed.
  • the UE may be configured not to be prohibited from establishing a PDU session other than for the SNPN information provision procedure based on the execution of a new registration procedure and / or a non-registration procedure.
  • the period during which the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be until the power is turned off and / or until the USIM is taken out.
  • the UE may be set so that the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is not prohibited based on the power off and / or the retrieval of USIM.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a normal PDU session. More specifically, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for sending and receiving normal user data.
  • the PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session other than for the onboarding service.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for a function other than the onboarding service.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for the IMS service.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for emergency service.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for LADN.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for CIoT.
  • the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for the IMS service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for emergency service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for LADN. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for CIoT.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for the IMS service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session establishment procedure for emergency services. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for LADN. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for CIoT.
  • the PDU session other than the SNPN information provision procedure may be a PDU session other than the PDU session established and used for the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • the UE may recognize the type of permitted SNPN information provision procedure when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network. More specifically, if the UE receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. You may recognize that. In addition, the UE recognizes that if it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is permitted. More specifically, if the UE receives a thirteenth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. You may recognize that.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 14th identification information, it may recognize that the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is permitted. More specifically, if the UE receives a 14th identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may recognize that.
  • the UE may decide whether or not to establish a PDU session when receiving one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. In other words, the UE decides whether to initiate the PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. You may.
  • the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or the PDU session. May be established.
  • the UE may initiate a PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane.
  • a PDU session may be established.
  • the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or may establish the PDU session.
  • the UE is configured not to initiate the PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. It may or may not have to establish a PDU session. Further, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may be set not to start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or may not establish the PDU session.
  • the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. Conversely, the UE does not have to start the PDU session establishment procedure when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP.
  • the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO is supported and / or permitted. Conversely, the UE may not initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP is supported and / or permitted.
  • the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure when carrying out the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO.
  • the UE performs the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP, it is not necessary to start the procedure for establishing a PDU session.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session used in the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session for the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session for the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session used in the onboarding service.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session for onboarding services.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session for the onboarding service.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service.
  • the UE may start the timer when it receives one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may start the non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the network may start a timer when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is transmitted.
  • the network may initiate the non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating an expiration date for which registration can be used only for the onboarding service.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for executing the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not permitted when it receives the 21st identification information. In addition, the UE may recognize that upon receiving the 21st identification, registrations that are only available to the onboarding service are not allowed. In addition, the UE may recognize that it has been authorized to use the SNPN information provision procedure when it receives the 21st identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information. In addition, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that when the 21st identification information is received, it is not possible to provide and / or acquire the SNPN information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed when the 21st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information cannot be executed when the 21st identification information is received.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may recognize that the registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not supported. More specifically, if the UE receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations that are only available for onboarding services, then registrations that are only available for onboarding services are not supported. May be recognized.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is not supported. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported.
  • the UE may recognize that the requested SNPN information provision procedure is not supported. good. More specifically, if the UE receives a 21st identification that indicates that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. You may recognize that it is not. Furthermore, if the UE receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it means that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is not supported. You may recognize it.
  • the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 21st identification information is received, the content indicated by the received identification information is not permitted.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it receives a 21st identification that indicates it does not support the onboarding service. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
  • the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
  • the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
  • the period in which the first list is maintained may be the period managed by the timer.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the onboarding service is completed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of the onboarding service.
  • the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the provision and / or acquisition of SNPN information is completed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
  • the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the non-registration procedure and / or the second network selection is executed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the unregistration procedure and / or the execution of the second network selection.
  • the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the power is turned off and / or until the USIM is taken out.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on power off and / or USIM retrieval.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 21st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the onboarding service. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
  • the UE may start the timer when it receives the 21st identification information.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure.
  • the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the behavior performed when each identification information is received may be performed based on the received identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the eleventh identification information is received may be performed based on the received eleventh identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the twelfth identification information is received may be performed based on the received twelfth identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the thirteenth identification information is received may be performed based on the received thirteenth identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the 14th identification information is received may be performed based on the received 14th identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the 21st identification information is received may be performed based on the received 21st identification information.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the procedure for establishing a PDU session.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure for each device to establish a PDU session. Each device can start the PDU session establishment procedure at any time when the registration procedure is completed and the registration state is reached. In addition, each device may be able to execute the PDU session establishment procedure in the registration procedure. In addition, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure initiated by the UE or a procedure requested and initiated by the UE.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a UE request PDU session establishment procedure.
  • Each device can establish a plurality of PDU sessions by executing the PDU session establishment procedure a plurality of times.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN
  • each device establishes a PDU session for LADN based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. You may.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure using LADN DNN
  • each device may establish a PDU session for LADN based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is required to establish a PDU session for LADN. May start. Conversely, if the UE is located outside the LADN service area, execution of the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN may be prohibited.
  • each device establishes a PDU session for LADN if the UE is located in an area where it can connect to LADN and / or if the UE is located in the LADN service area.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be executed.
  • the network appliance may reject the request for a PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session for LADN if the UE is located outside the LADN service area.
  • the UE sends a NAS message including a PDU session establishment request message to the SMF via 5GAN (gNB) and AMF (S900) (S902) (S904), PDU session. Start the establishment procedure.
  • 5GAN gNB
  • AMF S900
  • S904 PDU session.
  • the UE sends a NAS message including a PDU session establishment request message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) via the N1 interface (S900).
  • the NAS message including the PDU session establishment request message may be an MM message.
  • the MM message may be an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • UL NAS TRANSPORT uplink NAS transport
  • the UE may send one or more identification information by including it in a PDU session establishment request message and / or a NAS message, but a control message different from these, for example, a layer lower than the RRC layer. It may be included in the control message of (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmitted. These identifications may be included in these messages to indicate the UE's request. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the AMF When the AMF receives the NAS message including the PDU session establishment request message (S900), it extracts the PDU session establishment request message from the NAS message and selects SMF as the forwarding destination of the PDU session establishment request message (S902).
  • AMF is the identification information and / or subscriber information contained in the PDU session establishment request message and / or NAS message, and / or the capacity information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network.
  • / or the transfer destination SMF may be selected based on the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
  • AMF forwards the PDU session establishment request message to the selected SMF via the N11 interface (S904).
  • the SMF When the SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message (S904), it recognizes various identification information contained in the PDU session establishment request message. Then, the SMF executes the third condition determination.
  • the third condition determination is for the SMF to determine whether or not to accept the UE's request. In the third condition determination, the SMF determines whether the third condition determination is true or false. If the third condition determination is true, the procedure of FIG. 8 (A) is started, and if the third condition determination is false, the procedure of FIG. 8 (B) is started.
  • the third condition determination is the PDU session establishment request message and / or each identification information included in the PDU session establishment request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy. , And / or based on the state of the network, and / or the user's registration information, and / or the context held by the SMF, etc. For example, if the network allows the UE request, the third condition may be true. Also, if the network does not allow the UE request, the third condition determination may be false. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is connected and / or the devices in the network support the functions required by the UE, the third condition determination may be true and does not support the functions required by the UE.
  • the third condition determination may be false. Further, if the transmitted / received identification information is permitted, the third condition determination may be true, and if the transmitted / received identification information is not permitted, the third condition determination may be false.
  • the condition for determining the truth of the third condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
  • the SMF selects the UPF to which the PDU session is established, sends a session establishment request message to the selected UPF via the N4 interface (S906), and starts the procedure of (A) in FIG.
  • the SMF obtains each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information acquired based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message, and / or the operator policy, and / or the network status. And / or one or more UPFs may be selected based on the user's registration information and / or the context held by the SMF. When a plurality of UPFs are selected, the SMF may send a session establishment request message to each UPF.
  • the UPF receives the session establishment request message from the SMF (S906) via the N4 interface and creates a context for the PDU session. In addition, the UPF receives the session establishment request message and / or sends the session establishment response message to the SMF via the N4 interface based on the creation of the context for the PDU session (S908).
  • the SMF receives the session establishment response message from the UPF via the N4 interface as a response message to the session establishment request message (S908).
  • the SMF may assign an address to the UE based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message and / or the selection of the UPF and / or the reception of the session establishment response message.
  • the SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message and / or selects the UPF and / or receives the session establishment response message and / or completes the address assignment of the address assigned to the UE. Sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to (S910) (S912).
  • the SMF sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the AMF via the N11 interface (S910)
  • the AMF that receives the PDU session establishment request message establishes a PDU session to the UE via the N1 interface.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a NAS message and may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be sent and received by including the N1 interface in the MM message.
  • the MM message may be a NAS message or a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message when it is expressed that the PDU session establishment acceptance message includes identification information and / or a value, it may mean that it is included in the MM message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message can indicate that the PDU session establishment has been accepted.
  • the SMF and AMF may indicate that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been accepted by sending the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • SMF and AMF may send one or more identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • SMF and AMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information, or may indicate that the request of the UE has been accepted.
  • two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • SMF and AMF indicate whether to include one or more identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, each identification information received and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy. , And / or the state of the network, and / or the user's registration information, and / or the context held by AMF, etc., may be selected and determined.
  • SMF and AMF can include the selected and / or allowed PDU session ID in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • SMF and AMF can also specify a PDU session type that indicates the type of PDU session selected and / or allowed.
  • PDU session type any one of IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, Ethernet, and Unstructured can be specified as described above.
  • the SMF and AMF can also include the SSC mode of the selected and / or allowed PDU session in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • SMF and AMF can include the approved QoS rule group in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the approved QoS rule group may include one or more QoS rules. Further, if a plurality of QoS flows and / or user plane radio bearers are established in this procedure, the approved QoS rule group may include a plurality of QoS rules. Conversely, if only one QoS flow and / or user plane radio bearer is established in this procedure, the approved QoS rule group may include one QoS rule.
  • the SMF may send the PDU session establishment acceptance message with information indicating that some requests from the UE have been rejected, or information indicating that some requests from the UE have been rejected. May indicate why some of the UE's requests were rejected.
  • the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF is not permitted.
  • the UE receives the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the SMF (S910) (S912). Specifically, the UE receives the NAS message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the AMF via the N1 interface after the PDU session establishment acceptance message is sent from the SMF to the AMF (S910). .. The UE may send a PDU session establishment complete message to the SMF via AMF based on the receipt of the PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or the NAS message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message. (S914) (S916). By receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message, the UE can detect that the UE's request by the PDU session establishment request has been accepted.
  • the UE sends a PDU session establishment completion message to the AMF via the N1 interface (S914).
  • the AMF receives the PDU session establishment completion message from the UE, it sends the PDU session establishment completion message to the SMF via the N11 interface (S916).
  • the PDU session establishment completion message sent by AMF to SMF may be a response message to the PDU session establishment acceptance message sent from SMF to AMF by S910. Further, the PDU session establishment completion message may be a NAS message. Further, the PDU session establishment completion message may be any message indicating that the PDU session establishment procedure is completed.
  • the SMF can execute the second condition determination.
  • the second condition determination is to determine the type of message sent and received on the N4 interface. If the second condition determination is true, the SMF sends a session change request message to the UPF via the N4 interface (S918) and receives a session change acceptance message sent by the UPF as its response message (S918). S920). If the second condition determination is false, the SMF sends a session establishment request message to the UPF via the N4 interface (S918) and receives a session change acceptance message sent by the UPF as its response message (S918). S920).
  • the second condition determination may be executed based on whether or not a session on the N4 interface for the PDU session has been established. For example, if the session on the N4 interface for the PDU session is established, the second condition determination may be true, and if the session on the N4 interface for the PDU session is not established, the second condition is true. The condition determination of is false.
  • the condition for determining the truth of the second condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
  • Each device completes the procedure (A) during the PDU session establishment procedure based on the transmission / reception of the PDU session establishment completion message and / or the transmission / reception of the session change response message and / or the transmission / reception of the session establishment response message.
  • the procedure (A) during this procedure is completed, the UE is in a state where a PDU session for the DN has been established.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN
  • each device is for LADN based on the completion of procedure (A) during this procedure. PDU session may be established.
  • the SMF sends a PDU session establishment reject message to the UE via the AMF (S922) (S924). Specifically, the SMF sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the AMF via the N11 interface (S922).
  • the AMF receives a PDU session establishment request message from the SMF via the N11 interface (S922), it sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the UE using the N1 interface (S924).
  • the PDU session establishment refusal message may be a NAS message or an SM message transmitted from the SMF to the UE. Further, the PDU session establishment refusal message may be any message indicating that the establishment of the PDU session has been rejected. In addition, the PDU session establishment refusal message may be sent and received by including the N1 interface in the MM message. Further, the MM message may be a NAS message or a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • DL NAS TRANSPORT downlink NAS transport
  • the SMF may indicate that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been rejected by sending the PDU session establishment refusal message.
  • the SMF may send the PDU session establishment rejection message with information indicating the reason for rejection, or may send the reason for rejection to indicate the reason for rejection.
  • the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request is rejected by receiving the information indicating the reason why the UE's request is rejected.
  • the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF is not permitted.
  • the SMF and / or AMF may send one or more identifications and / or backoff timer values in the PDU session establishment rejection message, these identifications, and / or the backoff timer. By sending a value, it may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected, or it may indicate why the UE's request has been rejected.
  • the SMF and / or AMF may instruct the UE to set the backoff timer value to the value to be transmitted by transmitting the backoff timer value, or the backoff with the transmitted value set. You may instruct to start the timer.
  • SMF and / or AMF may include each identification information received in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and /. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
  • the UE By receiving the PDU session establishment refusal message, the UE can recognize that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been rejected and the contents of various identification information included in the PDU session establishment refusal message.
  • Each device completes the PDU session establishment procedure based on the completion of the procedure (A) or (B) in FIG.
  • each device may transition to the state in which the PDU session is established based on the completion of the procedure of FIG. 8 (A), or the PDU is based on the completion of the procedure of FIG. 8 (B).
  • the UE can communicate with the DN using the established PDU session by completing the procedure (A) in FIG.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the PDU session establishment procedure based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. For example, if each device sends and receives information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected, it may recognize the reason why the UE's request was rejected. Further, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may perform the PDU session establishment procedure for another cell.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or the PDU session establishment rejection message based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, and may recognize the network decision. good.
  • the UE may set the back-off timer value to the back-off timer, or may start the back-off timer in which the received back-off timer value is set.
  • the non-registration procedure is a procedure initiated by the UE or the network, and is a procedure for canceling the registration of the UE.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a procedure for changing the state of the UE to the non-registration state.
  • the UE and the network can execute this procedure at any time as long as the UE is registered in the network. In other words, the UE and the network can start this procedure at any time if the UE is in the registered state. In addition, each device (particularly UE and AMF) can transition to the non-registered state based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • devices in the core network such as AMF may start this procedure based on the update of network settings and / or the update of operator policy.
  • the trigger of this procedure may be the detection of the mobility of the UE, the detection of the state change of the UE and / or the access network and / or the core network, or the state change of the network slice. It may be. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the reception of a request from the DN and / or the application server of the DN, a change in network settings, or a change in operator policy. .. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the expiration of the running timer. The triggers for the devices in the core network to start this procedure are not limited to these. Further, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and / or each device is in the 5GMM connection mode.
  • the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of provision of SNPN information.
  • the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of the onboarding service.
  • the trigger of this procedure may be the expiration of the timer.
  • the timer may be a timer managed by the UE and / or the network. More specifically, the timer may be a timer indicating an expiration date for which registration is only available for onboarding services. In other words, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for executing the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • each device sends and receives a message containing identification information indicating the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled and / or identification information indicating that the network needs to be reselected during this procedure. You may.
  • each device may release the context of the UE or initiate network-directed behavior upon completion of this procedure.
  • the UE may recognize the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled based on the control information sent and received by this procedure.
  • the UE may release the context of the UE or initiate network reselection as it recognizes why the UE is unregistered.
  • the device in the core network leads the procedure and also sends the control message and control information of the procedure to the UE to make the UE aware of the reason why the UE is deregistered. May be good.
  • the device in the core network may release the context of the UE by recognizing the reason why the UE is unregistered, or may cause the UE to start reselecting the network.
  • the non-registration procedure includes a network-led non-registration procedure and a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • the network-led non-registration procedure and the UE-led non-registration procedure will be explained below.
  • the network-led non-registration procedure is a network-led procedure among the non-registration procedures. Each step of this procedure will be explained below.
  • AMF starts the non-registration procedure by sending a deregistration request message to the UE via 5GAN (or gNB) (S900).
  • AMF may send the registration acceptance message with at least the 31st identification information. By transmitting these identification information, the AMF may indicate the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled, or may indicate that the network needs to be reselected. Further, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not completed. Further, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not completed.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is successful. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the SNPN information is successfully provided.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service fails. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision of SNPN information fails.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message when the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to provide the SNPN information.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not executable.
  • AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to carry out the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed in the non-registration request message. Further, when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed, AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed in the non-registration request message.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed in the non-registration request message. Furthermore, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed, AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has not been completed in the non-registration request message.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the provision of SNPN information is successful, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the provision of SNPN information fails, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message.
  • the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired in the non-registration request message.
  • the AMF will include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid if the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
  • the AMF may indicate to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. Further, the AMF does not have to allow the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message.
  • AMF may include each identification information received, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or whether to include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
  • AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or.
  • a request to release the context of the UE may be indicated by sending a non-registration request message based on the context held by the AMF.
  • the UE receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB) (S900).
  • the UE may recognize the reason why the UE is unregistered and may perform network reselection based on the non-registration request message and / or the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. ..
  • the UE sends a Deregistration accept message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the non-registration request message based on the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. May be good (S902).
  • AMF receives the non-registration acceptance message via 5GAN (gNB) (S902).
  • gNB 5GAN
  • each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the non-registration request message and / or the non-registration acceptance message.
  • each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may release the context of the UE. In addition, if the UE sends and receives information indicating that the network needs to be reselected and / or the registration procedure must be performed, the UE initiates the network reselection and / or registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure. You may.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the non-registration request message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
  • the UE may determine whether or not the onboarding service has been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether or not the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is received.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is received.
  • the UE may determine whether the onboarding service has succeeded or failed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE may recognize that upon receiving the 31st identification, the registration, which is only available to the onboarding service, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is received, it is not possible to provide and / or acquire the SNPN information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed when the 31st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information cannot be executed when the 31st identification information is received.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has succeeded. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired, it may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE recognizes that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
  • the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is received, the content indicated by the received identification information is not permitted.
  • the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, the UE may remove the network identification information from the 1st list.
  • the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed, the first list may be released or deleted.
  • the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the acquisition of the SNPN information is completed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
  • the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
  • the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
  • the UE may execute the second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may perform a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
  • the UE may execute a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it receives a thirty-first identification that indicates a successful provision of SNPN information.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired.
  • the UE may add the network identification to the first list when it receives a thirty-first identification indicating that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service has not been completed. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is not completed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service fails.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
  • the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
  • the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may start the timer when it receives the 31st identification information.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure.
  • the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the behavior performed when each identification information is received may be performed based on the received identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the 31st identification information is received may be performed based on the received 31st identification information.
  • the device in the core network can instruct the UE to release the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
  • the UE-led non-registration procedure is a procedure that is initiated by the UE among the non-registration procedures. Each step of this procedure will be explained below.
  • the UE starts the non-registration procedure by sending a deregistration request message to AMF via 5GAN (or gNB) (S1000).
  • 5GAN or gNB
  • the UE may send the registration acceptance message including at least the 31st identification information.
  • the UE may indicate the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled, or may indicate that the network needs to be reselected.
  • two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
  • the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not completed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not completed.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service fails. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information fails. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message when the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to provide and / or obtain the SNPN information. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service cannot be executed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed in the non-registration request message. Further, when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed in the non-registration request message.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed in the non-registration request message.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message. In addition, the UE may include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed if the provision and / or acquisition of SNPN information fails.
  • the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired.
  • the UE will include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid if the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
  • the UE may indicate to the AMF the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. Further, the UE does not have to allow AMF the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message.
  • the UE asks whether to include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message, each identification information received, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the UE.
  • the UE is the received identification information and / or the subscriber information and / or the ability information of the UE, and / or the state of the UE, and / or the registration information of the user, and / or the context held by the UE, etc.
  • a request to release the context of the UE may be indicated by sending a non-registration request message based on.
  • AMF receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB) (S1000).
  • the AMF may recognize the reason why the UE is unregistered based on the non-registration request message and / or the identification information contained in the non-registration request message.
  • AMF sends a Deregistration accept message to the UE via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the non-registration request message based on the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. May be good (S1002).
  • the UE When AMF sends a non-registration acceptance message, the UE receives the non-registration acceptance message via 5GAN (gNB) (S1002). In addition, each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the non-registration request message and / or the non-registration acceptance message.
  • 5GAN gNB
  • each process shown above by AMF based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may release the context of the UE. In addition, if the UE sends and receives information indicating that the network needs to be reselected and / or the registration procedure must be performed, the UE initiates the network reselection and / or registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure. You may.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the non-registration request message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may determine whether or not the onboarding service has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may determine whether or not the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service was successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may determine whether the onboarding service succeeded or failed when the 31st identification information was transmitted. Further, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful. Further, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful.
  • the UE may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired when the 31st identification information is transmitted. In addition, the UE may recognize that the registration, which is only available to the onboarding service, is no longer valid when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that it is not possible to provide and / or obtain the SNPN information when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed if the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that it is not possible to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when it transmits the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has succeeded. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful when the third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed when the third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed is transmitted.
  • the UE may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired.
  • the UE recognizes that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
  • the UE may recognize the content indicated by the transmitted identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is transmitted, the content indicated by the transmitted identification information is not permitted.
  • the 1st list may be released or deleted.
  • the UE may remove the network identification information from the first list if it sends the 31st identification information.
  • the 1st list may be released or deleted.
  • the first list may be released or deleted.
  • the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the acquisition of the SNPN information is completed.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
  • the first list may be released or deleted.
  • the UE may remove the network identification information from the first list when it receives an unregistered acceptance message.
  • the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
  • the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
  • the UE may execute the second network selection when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN if it has transmitted the 31st identification information.
  • the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification piece indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification piece indicating that the SNPN information has been successfully provided.
  • the UE may execute a second network selection when it receives the non-registration acceptance message.
  • the UE may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN when it receives the unregistered acceptance message.
  • the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information, the UE may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, if the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if it sends a thirty-first identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list.
  • the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it sends a thirty-first identification indicating that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service has not been completed. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is not completed.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service fails.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
  • the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the unregistered acceptance message. Further, when the UE receives the unregistered acceptance message, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
  • the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
  • the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
  • the UE may re-execute the 1st network selection. Further, if the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
  • the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the non-registration acceptance message. Further, when the UE receives the unregistered acceptance message, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
  • the UE may start the timer when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
  • the UE may start a timer when it receives an unregistered acceptance message.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list.
  • the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure.
  • the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
  • the behavior performed when each identification information is transmitted may be performed based on the transmitted identification information.
  • the behavior performed when the 31st identification information is transmitted may be performed based on the transmitted 31st identification information.
  • the device in the core network can instruct the UE to release the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
  • the first embodiment will be described.
  • the first embodiment will be referred to as the present embodiment.
  • the UE performs the first procedure.
  • the UE decides whether to execute the first procedure based on the UE setting information and / or the information received from the network, and / or the UE mode, and / or the UE capability information. good.
  • the first procedure will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the first procedure will be referred to as this procedure.
  • the UE first makes the first network selection (S600).
  • the UE connects to the selected first network and initiates the registration procedure on the first network (S602).
  • each device performs the registration procedure in the first network.
  • the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure in the first network based on the completion of the registration procedure (S604).
  • each device may perform the PDU session establishment procedure in the first network.
  • each device performs the procedure for providing SNPN information (S606).
  • each device performs a non-registration procedure in the first network (S608).
  • the UE makes a second network selection based on the completion of the non-registration procedure (S610).
  • the UE connects to the selected second network and initiates the registration process (S612).
  • each device performs the registration procedure in the second network. With the above, the first procedure is completed.
  • the first network may be SNPN or PLMN. Further, the first network may be a network for onboarding services.
  • the second network may be SNPN. Further, the second network may be the network that the UE was trying to connect to. In addition, the second network may be the target SNPN.
  • the second network may be a different network from the first network.
  • the second network may be the same network as the first network.
  • the procedure for providing SNPN information may be carried out between the UE and the provisioning server.
  • the provisioning server may exist in the first network.
  • the provisioning server may reside on the second network.
  • the provisioning server may reside on a different network than the first and second networks.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session used in the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session for the onboarding service.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session used in the onboarding service.
  • the UE may decide whether or not to execute the PDU session establishment procedure based on the identification information sent and received in the registration procedure. For example, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure permits the use of the SNPN information provision procedure. More specifically, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure has allowed the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. In addition, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that it is authorized to use the SNPN information provision procedure using PCO or ePCO.
  • the UE does not have to start the PDU session establishment procedure when it recognizes that the use of the SNPN information provision procedure via the control plane is permitted in the registration procedure. More specifically, the UE may not initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure has allowed the use of the SNPN information provision procedure using the URSP.
  • the non-registration procedure may be executed based on the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the success of the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • the non-registration procedure may be executed after the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed. Specifically, each device may execute the non-registration procedure after completing the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, each device may execute the non-registration procedure after the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful.
  • the non-registration procedure may be executed without completing the procedure for providing SNPN information.
  • each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer.
  • each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the failure of the SNPN information provision procedure.
  • the non-registration procedure may be executed before the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. Specifically, each device may execute a non-registration procedure when the timer expires. Further, each device may execute a non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure once the onboarding service is complete.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure if the onboarding service is successful.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure when the timer managed by the UE expires.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure if the onboarding service is not completed.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure if the onboarding service fails.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure when the network-managed timer expires.
  • the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure.
  • each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure when registrations that are only available for onboarding services are no longer valid.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message based on the failure to execute the procedure, or may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message. , You may complete the first procedure.
  • the UE may perform processing based on the information contained in the registration refusal message, or based on the information contained in the registration refusal message.
  • the first procedure may be completed by carrying out the process.
  • each device may restart the first procedure from the beginning.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message based on the failure to execute the procedure, or after performing the processing based on the information contained in the control message, each device may perform the processing. You may re-execute the first procedure from the beginning.
  • the UE may perform processing based on the information contained in the registration refusal message, or based on the information contained in the registration refusal message. After performing the process, the first network selection may be re-executed.
  • the program that operates on the apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention is a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) or the like to operate a computer so as to realize the functions of the embodiment according to one aspect of the present invention. Is also good.
  • the program or the information handled by the program is temporarily stored in volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, Hard Disk Drive (HDD), or other storage device system.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • HDD Hard Disk Drive
  • the program for realizing the function of the embodiment according to one aspect of the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by loading the program recorded on this recording medium into a computer system and executing it.
  • the term "computer system” as used herein is a computer system built into a device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices.
  • the "computer-readable recording medium” is a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another recording medium that can be read by a computer. Is also good.
  • each functional block or various features of the device used in the above-described embodiment can be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits.
  • Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein can be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or others.
  • Programmable Logic Devices Discrete Gate or Transistor Logic, Discrete Hardware Components, or Combinations thereof.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, a conventional processor, a controller, a microcontroller, or a state machine.
  • the electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. Further, when an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit appears due to the progress of semiconductor technology, one or a plurality of aspects of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit according to the technology.
  • one aspect of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment.
  • one example of the device has been described, but one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this, and is not limited to this, and a stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, for example, an AV device. , Kitchen equipment, cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other terminal devices or communication devices such as living equipment.

Abstract

In a 5G System (5GS), User Equipment (UE) needs to be connected to and registered with a Non-Public Network (NPN), but when the UE does not hold information on the NPN, in a core network, the control process of a control device and the control process of the UE are unclear. In the 5G System (5GS), when the User Equipment (UE) needs to be connected to and registered with the Non-Public Network (NPN), a communication means for providing NPN information to the UE and a control process are provided. Further, in the 5GS, a communication means and a control process are provided for when the provision of the NPN information to the UE fails.

Description

UE(User Equipment)、及び通信制御方法UE (User Equipment) and communication control method
 本開示は、UE(User Equipment)、及び通信制御方法に関する。本出願は、2020年10月1日に出願された特願2020-166657号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 This disclosure relates to UE (User Equipment) and communication control method. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-166657 filed on October 1, 2020, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)では、次世代、すなわち第5世代(5G)の移動通信システムである5GS(5G System)のシステムアーキテクチャについての検討が開始されており、新しい手続きや新しい機能のサポートについて議論が行われている(非特許文献1、非特許文献2、非特許文献3、及び非特許文献4参照)。 The 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) has begun studying the system architecture of the next generation, that is, the 5GS (5G System), which is the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, and will support new procedures and new functions. Discussions are taking place (see Non-Patent Document 1, Non-Patent Document 2, Non-Patent Document 3, and Non-Patent Document 4).
 例えば、多種多様なサービスに応じた、継続的な移動通信サービスをサポートする為の通信手続きの最適化及び多様化や、通信手続きの最適化及び多様化に合わせたシステムアーキテクチャの最適化等も要求条件として挙げられている。 For example, optimization and diversification of communication procedures to support continuous mobile communication services for a wide variety of services, optimization of communication procedures and optimization of system architecture according to diversification, etc. are also required. It is listed as a condition.
 5GS(5G System)では、多種多様なサービスを提供するために、新たなコアネットワークである5GCN(5G Core Network)が検討されている。尚、5GSでは、公衆網であるPLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)とは別に定義された、NPN(Non-Public Network)のような、特定の利用者が特定の目的で利用することが可能な非公開ネットワークの提供と、非公開ネットワークを実現する為の機能も検討されている。 In 5GS (5G System), a new core network, 5GCN (5G Core Network), is being considered in order to provide a wide variety of services. In 5GS, it is not possible for a specific user to use it for a specific purpose, such as NPN (Non-Public Network), which is defined separately from the public network PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network). The provision of public networks and the functions for realizing private networks are also being considered.
 しかし、UE(User Equipment)のNPNへの接続、及び登録が必要であるのに、UEがNPNに関する情報を保持していない場合における、コアネットワークの制御装置の処理とUEの処理とは明確になっていない。 However, when the UE (User Equipment) needs to be connected to the NPN and registered, but the UE does not hold information about the NPN, the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE are clearly defined. is not.
 本発明の一態様は、以上のような事情を鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、5GSにおける、UEのNPNへの接続、及び登録が必要な際に、UEにNPNの情報を提供するための通信手段と、コアネットワークの制御装置の処理とUEの処理の実現方法を提供することである。さらに、5GSにおいて、UEへのNPNの情報の提供が失敗した際の通信手段と、コアネットワークの制御装置の処理とUEの処理の実現方法を提供することも目的である。 One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide the UE with NPN information when the UE needs to be connected to the NPN and registered in 5GS. It is to provide a communication means for the operation and a method for realizing the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE. Furthermore, in 5GS, it is also an object to provide a communication means when the provision of NPN information to the UE fails, and a method for realizing the processing of the control device of the core network and the processing of the UE.
 本発明の一態様のUE(User Equipment;端末装置)であって、第1のネットワークにおいて、制御装置に、オンボーディングサービスのみを示す情報を含む登録要求メッセージを送信し、前記制御装置から、第1の情報を含む登録拒絶メッセージを受信する、送受信部と、制御部とを備え、第1の情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す理由値であり、前記第1の情報に基づいて、前記制御部は、前記第1のネットワークを識別する情報を第1のリストに入れ、さらに、ネットワーク選択を実施し、前記第1のリストは、一又は複数の、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストである、ことを特徴とする。 A UE (User Equipment; terminal device) according to an aspect of the present invention, in the first network, a registration request message including information indicating only the onboarding service is transmitted to the control device, and the control device sends a registration request message to the control device. The first information is a reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable, and includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit for receiving a registration refusal message including the information of 1. Based on this, the control unit puts information identifying the first network into the first list and further performs network selection, the first list being used by one or more onboarding services. It is characterized by being a list containing information that identifies a network that is not possible.
 本発明の一態様のUE(User Equipment;端末装置)の通信制御方法であって、第1のネットワークにおいて、制御装置に、オンボーディングサービスのみを示す情報を含む登録要求メッセージを送信するステップと、前記制御装置から、第1の情報を含む登録拒絶メッセージを受信するステップとを有し、第1の情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す理由値であり、前記第1の情報に基づいて、前記UEは、前記第1のネットワークを識別する情報を第1のリストに入れ、さらに、ネットワーク選択を実施し、前記第1のリストは、一又は複数の、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストである、ことを特徴とする。 A UE (User Equipment; terminal device) communication control method according to an aspect of the present invention, wherein a registration request message including information indicating only an onboarding service is transmitted to a control device in a first network. It has a step of receiving a registration refusal message including the first information from the control device, and the first information is a reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable, and the first information is described above. Based on, the UE puts information identifying the first network into the first list and further performs network selection, the first list being used by one or more onboarding services. It is characterized by being a list containing information that identifies a network that is not possible.
 本発明の一態様によれば、5GSにおいて、UEがNPNに関する情報を保持していない場合であっても、UEのNPNへの接続、及び登録を可能とするための、通信手段と、コアネットワーク内の制御装置の制御処理と、UEの制御処理とを実現することが可能となる。 According to one aspect of the invention, in 5GS, a communication means and a core network to enable the UE to connect to and register with the NPN even when the UE does not hold information about the NPN. It is possible to realize the control process of the control device inside and the control process of the UE.
移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の概略を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the outline of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). 移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の詳細構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the detailed structure of the mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS). UEの装置構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the apparatus configuration of a UE. 5GSにおけるアクセスネットワーク装置(gNB)の構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the structure of the access network apparatus (gNB) in 5GS. 5GSにおけるコアネットワーク装置(AMF/SMF/UPF)の構成を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the structure of the core network apparatus (AMF / SMF / UPF) in 5GS. 第1の手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the first procedure. 登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the registration procedure. PDUセッション確立手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the PDU session establishment procedure. ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the network-led non-registration procedure. UE主導の非登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the UE-led non-registration procedure.
 図面を参照しながら、本発明の一態様を実施する為の最良の形態について、説明する。 The best mode for carrying out one aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
 [1. システムの概要]
 まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。
[1. System overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
 図1には、移動通信システム1は、UE_A10、アクセスネットワーク_A80、コアネットワーク_A90、PDN(Packet Data Network)_A5、アクセスネットワーク_B120、コアネットワーク_B190、DN(Data Network)_A6により構成されることが記載されている。 In FIG. 1, the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network) _A5, access network _B120, core network _B190, and DN (Data Network) _A6. It is stated that
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DN等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices / functions may be described by omitting symbols such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. ..
 また、図2には、UE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、UDM150等の装置・機能、及びこれらの装置・機能を互いに接続するインターフェースが記載されている。 In addition, Fig. 2 shows the devices / functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5GAN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, etc. Interfaces that connect devices and functions to each other are described.
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、E-UTRAN、MME、SGW、PGW-U、PGW-C、PCRF、HSS、5G AN、AMF、UPF、SMF、PCF、UDM等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, these devices / functions are referred to as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5GAN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, etc. May be omitted.
 尚、4GシステムであるEPS(Evolved Packet System)は、アクセスネットワーク_A及びコアネットワーク_Aを含んで構成されるが、さらにUE及び/又はPDNが含まれても良い。また、5Gシステムである5GS(5G System)は、UE、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを含んで構成されるが、さらにDNが含まれても良い。 The EPS (Evolved Packet System), which is a 4G system, is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN. Further, the 5GS (5G System), which is a 5G system, is configured to include a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
 UEは、3GPPアクセス(3GPPアクセスネットワーク、3GPP ANとも称する)及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセス(non-3GPPアクセスネットワーク、non-3GPP ANとも称する)を介して、ネットワークサービスに対して接続可能な装置である。UEは、携帯電話やスマートフォン等の無線通信が可能な端末装置であってよく、EPSにも5GSにも接続可能な端末装置であってよい。UEは、UICC(Universal Integrated Circuit Card)やeUICC(Embedded UICC)を備えてもよい。尚、UEのことをユーザ装置と表現してもよいし、端末装置と表現してもよい。 UE is a device that can connect to network services via 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also called 3GPPAN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also called non-3GPPAN). be. The UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device capable of connecting to EPS or 5GS. The UE may be equipped with a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). The UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Aは、E-UTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)及び/又は無線LANアクセスネットワークに対応する。E-UTRANには、1以上のeNB(evolved Node B)45が配置される。尚、以下では、eNB45は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。また、複数のeNBがある場合は、各eNBは、例えばX2インターフェースにより、互いに接続されている。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークには、1以上のアクセスポイントが配置される。 In addition, the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or wireless LAN access network. One or more eNB (evolved Node B) 45 are arranged in E-UTRAN. In the following, eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. If there are a plurality of eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface. In addition, one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Bは、5Gアクセスネットワーク(5G AN)に対応する。5G ANは、NG-RAN(NG Radio Access Network)及び/又はnon-3GPP アクセスネットワークで構成される。NG-RANには、1以上のgNB(NR NodeB)122が配置される。尚、以下では、gNB122は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。gNBは、NR(New Radio)ユーザープレーンと制御プレーンをUEに提供するノードであり、5GCNに対してNGインターフェース(N2インターフェース又はN3インターフェースを含む)を介して接続するノードである。すなわち、gNBは、5GSのために新たに設計された基地局装置であり、4GシステムであるEPSで使用されていた基地局装置(eNB)とは異なる機能を有する。また、複数のgNBがある場合は、各gNBは、例えばXnインターフェースにより、互いに接続している。 In addition, access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5GAN). 5GAN is composed of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or non-3GPP access network. One or more gNB (NR Node B) 122 is placed in NG-RAN. In the following, gNB122 may be described by omitting a symbol such as eNB. The gNB is a node that provides the NR (New Radio) user plane and the control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to the 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface). That is, gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS and has a different function from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. When there are a plurality of gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
 また、以下では、E-UTRANやNG-RANは、3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークやnon-3GPP ANは、non-3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、アクセスネットワーク_Bに配置されるノードを、まとめてNG-RANノードとも称することがある。 In the following, E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access. In addition, wireless LAN access network and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access. In addition, the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、アクセスネットワーク、又はアクセスネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。 In the following, the device included in the access network_A and / or the access network_B and / or the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B is the access network or the access network device. May be called.
 また、コアネットワーク_Aは、EPC(Evolved Packet Core)に対応する。EPCには、例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、SGW(Serving Gateway)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway)-U、PGW-C、PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function)、HSS(Home Subscriber Server)等が配置される。 In addition, core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core). EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Be placed.
 また、コアネットワーク_Bは、5GCN(5G Core Network)に対応する。5GCNには、例えば、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、UPF(User Plane Function)、SMF(Session Management Function)、PCF(Policy Control Function)、UDM(Unified Data Management)等が配置される。ここで、5GCNは、5GCと表現されてもよい。 In addition, core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network). For example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management) and the like are arranged in 5GCN. Here, 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
 また、以下では、コアネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、コアネットワーク、又はコアネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。 In the following, the core network_A and / or the core network_B, the device included in the core network_A, and / or the device included in the core network_B are referred to as a core network or a core network device. There is.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)は、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)と、PDN及び/又はDNとを接続した移動体通信事業者(Mobile Network Operator; MNO)が運用するIP移動通信ネットワークの事であってもよいし、移動通信システム1を運用、管理する移動体通信事業者の為のコアネットワークでもよいし、MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator)、MVNE(Mobile Virtual Network Enabler)等の仮想移動通信事業者や仮想移動体通信サービス提供者の為のコアネットワークでもよい。 The core network (core network_A and / or core network_B) is a mobile network operator (Mobile) that connects the access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with the PDN and / or DN. It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by Network Operator; MNO), it may be a core network for a mobile communication operator that operates and manages mobile communication system 1, or it may be an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler), etc. may be a core network for virtual mobile communication operators and virtual mobile communication service providers.
 また、図1では、PDNとDNが同一である場合が記載されているが、異なっていても良い。PDNは、UEに通信サービスを提供するDN(Data Network)であってよい。尚、DNは、パケットデータサービス網として構成されてもよいし、サービス毎に構成されてもよい。さらに、PDNは、接続された通信端末を含んでもよい。従って、PDNと接続する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバー装置と接続する事であってもよい。さらに、PDNとの間でユーザデータを送受信する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバー装置とユーザデータを送受信する事であってもよい。尚、PDNのことをDNと表現してもよいし、DNのことをPDNと表現してもよい。 Also, in Fig. 1, the case where PDN and DN are the same is described, but they may be different. The PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides a communication service to the UE. The DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service. Further, the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or a server device arranged in the PDN. Further, sending and receiving user data to and from the PDN may be sending and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Note that PDN may be expressed as DN, and DN may be expressed as PDN.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と呼称する場合がある。つまり、ネットワーク及び/又はネットワーク装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行するということは、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行することを意味する。 In the following, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, at least a part of DN, and / or one or more devices included in these are referred to as a network or network device. May be called. That is, the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes the procedure means that the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, and DN It means that at least a part and / or one or more devices contained therein send / receive messages and / or perform procedures.
 また、UEは、アクセスネットワークに接続することができる。また、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、コアネットワークと接続する事ができる。さらに、UEは、アクセスネットワーク及びコアネットワークを介して、PDN又はDNに接続する事ができる。すなわち、UEは、PDN又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータを送受信(通信)する事ができる。ユーザデータを送受信する際は、IP(Internet Protocol)通信だけでなく、non-IP通信を用いてもよい。 Also, the UE can connect to the access network. The UE can also connect to the core network via the access network. In addition, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can send / receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When sending and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
 ここで、IP通信とは、IPを用いたデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットにより、データの送受信が行われる。IPパケットは、IPヘッダとペイロード部で構成される。ペイロード部には、EPSに含まれる装置・機能や、5GSに含まれる装置・機能が送受信するデータが含まれてよい。また、non-IP通信とは、IPを用いないデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットの構造とは異なる形式により、データの送受信が行われる。例えば、non-IP通信は、IPヘッダが付与されていないアプリケーションデータの送受信によって実現されるデータ通信でもよいし、マックヘッダやEthernet(登録商標)フレームヘッダ等の別のヘッダを付与してUEが送受信するユーザデータを送受信してもよい。 Here, IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is transmitted and received by IP packets. An IP packet is composed of an IP header and a payload part. The payload section may include devices / functions included in EPS and data transmitted / received by devices / functions included in 5GS. In addition, non-IP communication is data communication that does not use IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of IP packets. For example, non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which an IP header is not added, or a UE may add another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header. User data to be sent and received may be sent and received.
 [2. 各装置の構成]
 次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。
[2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. Each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be done. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
 尚、以下で登場する各装置・機能内の各記憶部(記憶部_A340、記憶部_A440、記憶部_B540、記憶部_A640、記憶部_B740)は、例えば、半導体メモリ、SSD(Solid State Drive)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)等で構成されている。また、各記憶部は、出荷段階からもともと設定されていた情報だけでなく、自装置・機能以外の装置・機能(例えば、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDN)との間で、送受信した各種の情報を記憶する事ができる。また、各記憶部は、後述する各種の通信手続き内で送受信する制御メッセージに含まれる識別情報、制御情報、フラグ、パラメータ等を記憶することができる。また、各記憶部は、これらの情報をUE毎に記憶してもよい。また、各記憶部は、5GSとEPSとの間のインターワークをした場合には、5GS及び/又はEPS内に含まれる装置・機能との間で送受信した制御メッセージやユーザデータを記憶することができる。このとき、N26インターフェースを介して送受信されたものだけでなく、N26インターフェースを介さずに送受信されたものも記憶することができる。 In addition, each storage unit (storage unit_A340, storage unit_A440, storage unit_B540, storage unit_A640, storage unit_B740) in each device / function appearing below may be, for example, a semiconductor memory or SSD (semiconductor memory unit). It consists of Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc. In addition, each storage unit has not only the information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices / functions other than its own device / function (for example, UE and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and /. Or, various information transmitted / received to / from PDN and / or DN) can be stored. In addition, each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described later. Further, each storage unit may store such information for each UE. In addition, each storage unit may store control messages and user data transmitted / received between 5GS and / or the devices / functions included in EPS when an interwork is performed between 5GS and EPS. can. At this time, not only those transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also those transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
 [2.1. UEの装置構成]
 まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。
[2.1. UE device configuration]
First, an example of a UE (User Equipment) device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The UE is composed of a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340. The control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus. The transmitter / receiver_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
 制御部_A300は、UE全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_A300は、必要に応じて、記憶部_A340に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UEにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE. The control unit_A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as needed.
 送受信部_A320は、アンテナを介して、アクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置(eNB又はgNB)と無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いて、アクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmission / reception unit_A320 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via the antenna. That is, the UE may send and receive user data and / or control information between the access network device and / or the core network device and / or the PDN and / or the DN using the transmission / reception unit_A320. can.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、LTE-Uuインターフェースを介して、E-UTRAN内の基地局装置(eNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介してAMFとNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)メッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。 Explaining in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UE can communicate with the base station device (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. In addition, the UE can communicate with the base station device (gNB) in the 5GAN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. In addition, the UE can send and receive NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages to and from the AMF via the N1 interface by using the transmitter / receiver _A320. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN.
 記憶部_A340は、UEの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of the UE.
 [2.2. gNBの装置構成]
 次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B500、アンテナ510、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510と接続している。
[2.2. Equipment configuration of gNB]
Next, an example of the device configuration of gNB will be described with reference to FIG. The gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission / reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. The transmitter / receiver_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
 制御部_B500は、gNB全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、gNBにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and function of the entire gNB. The control unit_B500 realizes various processes in gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B520は、gNBが、AMF及び/又はUPFと通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、AMF及び/又はUPFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection part_B520 is a functional part for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and / or control information to and from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
 送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510を介して、UEと無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いて、UEとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmission / reception unit_B530 is a functional unit for wireless communication with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5G AN内にあるgNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N3インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができる。また、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いることにより、UEと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, gNB in 5GAN can communicate with AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection part_B520, and UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with. Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
 記憶部_B540は、gNBの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of gNB.
 [2.3. AMFの装置構成]
 次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.3. AMF equipment configuration]
Next, an example of the AMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The AMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、AMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、AMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、AMFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect to the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF. That is, the AMF uses the network connection _B720 to the user between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM, and / or the SCEF. Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるAMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N8インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができ、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N15インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができる。また、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介して、UEとNASメッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。また、AMFは、N26インターフェースをサポートする場合、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N26インターフェースを介して、MMEと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the AMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N2 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UDM via the N8 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface, and it can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface. In addition, AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and AMF is actually done via 5GAN. In addition, when the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
 記憶部_B740は、AMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of AMF.
 尚、AMFは、N2インターフェースを用いたRANとの制御メッセージを交換する機能、N1インターフェースを用いたUEとのNASメッセージを交換する機能、NASメッセージの暗号化及び完全性保護を行う機能、登録管理(Registration management; RM)機能、接続管理(Connection management; CM)機能、到達可能性管理(Reachability management)機能、UE等の移動性管理(Mobility management)機能、UEとSMF間のSM(Session Management)メッセージを転送する機能、アクセス認証(Access Authentication、Access Authorization)機能、セキュリティアンカー機能(SEA; Security Anchor Functionality)、セキュリティコンテキスト管理(SCM; Security Context Management)機能、N3IWF(Non-3GPP Interworking Function)に対するN2インターフェースをサポートする機能、N3IWFを介したUEとのNAS信号の送受信をサポートする機能、N3IWFを介して接続するUEの認証する機能等を有する。 AMF has a function to exchange control messages with RAN using N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with UE using N1 interface, a function to encrypt and protect the integrity of NAS messages, and registration management. (Registration management; RM) function, connection management (CM) function, reachability management (Reachability management) function, mobility management (Mobility management) function such as UE, SM (Session Management) between UE and SMF N2 for message forwarding function, access authentication (Access Authorization, Access Authorization) function, security anchor function (SEA; Security Anchor Functionality), security context management (SCM; Security Context Management) function, N3IWF (Non-3GPP Interworking Function) It has a function to support an interface, a function to support transmission / reception of NAS signals with a UE via N3IWF, a function to authenticate a UE connected via N3IWF, and the like.
 また、登録管理では、UEごとのRM状態が管理される。RM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。RM状態としては、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)と、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)がある。RM-DEREGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されていないため、AMFにおけるUEコンテキストが、そのUEに対する有効な位置情報やルーティング情報を持っていない為、AMFはUEに到達できない状態である。また、RM-REGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されているため、UEはネットワークとの登録が必要なサービスを受信することができる。尚、RM状態は、5GMM状態(5GMM state)と表現されてもよい。この場合、RM-DEREGISTERED状態は、5GMM-DEREGISTERED状態と表現されてもよいし、RM-REGISTERED状態は、5GMM-REGISTERED状態と表現されてもよい。 Also, in registration management, the RM status for each UE is managed. The RM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF. The RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state). In the RM-DEREGISTERED state, the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE. Also, in the RM-REGISTERED state, the UE is registered in the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network. The RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state. In this case, the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state, and the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as the 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
 言い換えると、5GMM-REGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよいし、PDUセッションコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、ユーザデータや制御メッセージの送受信を開始してもよいし、ページングに対して応答してもよい。さらに、尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続き、及び/又はサービス要求手続きを実行してもよい。 In other words, 5GMM-REGISTERED may be in a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state in which a PDU session context has been established. When each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may start sending and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging. Further, when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
 さらに、5GMM-DEREGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立していない状態であってもよいし、UE_A10の位置情報がネットワークに把握されていない状態であってもよいし、ネットワークがUE_A10に到達不能である状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-DEREGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、登録手続きを開始してもよいし、登録手続きを実行することで5GMMコンテキストを確立してもよい。 Furthermore, in 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, each device may be in a state where the 5GMM context has not been established, the location information of UE_A10 may not be known to the network, or the network reaches UE_A10. It may be in an impossible state. If each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start the registration procedure or establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
 また、接続管理では、UEごとのCM状態が管理される。CM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。CM状態としては、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)と、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)がある。CM-IDLE状態では、UEはRM-REGISTERED状態にあるが、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っていない。また、CM-IDLE状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及びN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていない。一方、CM-CONNECTED状態では、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っている。また、CM-CONNECTED状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及び/又はN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていてもよい。 Also, in connection management, the CM status for each UE is managed. The CM state may be synchronized between the UE and AMF. The CM state includes a non-connected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state). In the CM-IDLE state, the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state, but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Also, in the CM-IDLE state, the UE does not have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection). On the other hand, in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface. Further, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) and / or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection).
 さらに、接続管理では、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態と、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態とで分けて管理されてもよい。この場合、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access)と、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access)とがあってよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access)と、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access)とがあってよい。尚、非接続状態はアイドルモード表現されてもよく、接続状態モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, in connection management, the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately. In this case, the CM state in 3GPP access may be a non-connected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the CM state in non-3GPP access includes the non-connected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access and the connection state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) And so on. The disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode, and the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 尚、CM状態は、5GMMモード(5GMM mode)と表現されてもよい。この場合、非接続状態は、5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode)と表現されてもよいし、接続状態は、5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode)と表現されてもよい。さらに、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。尚、5GMM非接続モードはアイドルモード表現されてもよく、5GMM接続モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 The CM state may be expressed as 5GMM mode (5GMM mode). In this case, the non-connected state may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode), and the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM connected mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode). Further, the non-connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access) in 3GPP access, and the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-) in 3GPP access. It may be expressed as CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access). Further, the non-connected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM non-connected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access is non. -3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access). The 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 また、AMFは、コアネットワーク_B内に1以上配置されてもよい。また、AMFは、1以上のNSI(Network Slice Instance)を管理するNFでもよい。また、AMFは、複数のNSI間で共有される共有CPファンクション(CCNF; Common CPNF(Control Plane Network Function))でもよい。 Also, one or more AMFs may be placed in the core network_B. In addition, AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network Slice Instances). Further, the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among a plurality of NSIs.
 尚、N3IWFは、UEが5GSに対してnon-3GPPアクセスを介して接続する場合に、non-3GPPアクセスと5GCNとの間に配置される装置及び/又は機能である。 Note that N3IWF is a device and / or function that is placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when the UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
 [2.4. SMFの装置構成]
 次に、SMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.4. SMF device configuration]
Next, an example of the SMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The SMF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、SMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、SMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、SMFが、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、SMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection part_B720 is a functional part for SMF to connect with AMF and / or UPF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and / or control information between the AMF and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM by using the network connection unit_B720.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるSMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができ、N10インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the SMF within the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the PCF via the N7 interface, and it can communicate with the UDM via the N10 interface.
 記憶部_B740は、SMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of SMF.
 SMFは、PDUセッションの確立・修正・解放等のセッション管理(Session Management)機能、UEに対するIPアドレス割り当て(IP address allocation)及びその管理機能、UPFの選択と制御機能、適切な目的地(送信先)へトラフィックをルーティングする為のUPFの設定機能、NASメッセージのSM部分を送受信する機能、下りリンクのデータが到着したことを通知する機能(Downlink Data Notification)、AMF経由でN2インターフェースを介してANに送信される、AN特有の(ANごとの)SM情報を提供する機能、セッションに対するSSCモード(Session and Service Continuity mode)を決定する機能、ローミング機能等を有する。 SMF has session management functions such as establishment / modification / release of PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destinations (destination). ) UPF setting function for routing traffic, function for sending and receiving the SM part of NAS message, function for notifying that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), AN via N2 interface via AMF It has a function to provide SM information peculiar to AN (for each AN) sent to, a function to determine the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, a roaming function, and the like.
 [2.5. UPFの装置構成]
 次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.5. UPF equipment configuration]
Next, an example of the UPF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The UPF consists of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、UPF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UPFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as needed.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、UPFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、UPFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for the UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection _B720 to send and receive user data and / or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) in 5GAN and / or the SMF and / or the DN. Can be done.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるUPFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N3インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N6インターフェースを介して、DNと通信することができ、N9インターフェースを介して、他のUPFと通信することができる。 More specifically with reference to Figure 2, the UPF within the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB via the N3 interface by using the network connection _A620 and with the SMF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, it can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and it can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
 記憶部_B740は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. required for each operation of UPF.
 UPFは、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカーポイントとしての機能、DNに相互接続するための外部PDUセッションポイントとしての機能(つまり、DNとコアネットワーク_Bとの間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータを転送する機能)、パケットのルーティング及び転送する機能、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホーム(multi-homed)PDUセッションをサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS (Quality of Service) 処理機能、上りリンクトラフィックの検証機能、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)をトリガする機能等を有する。 The UPF acts as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting the DN (ie, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B). Data forwarding function), packet routing and forwarding function, ULCL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU session support. It has a branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for userplane, a function for verifying uplink traffic, a function for buffering downlink packets, and a function for triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification).
 また、UPFは、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。また、UPFは、IP通信を転送する機能を持ってもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_Bと単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPFは、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。 The UPF may also be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication. In addition, the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Further, the multiple gateways may be a gateway connecting the core network_B and a single DN. The UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, or may be connected to each device via other NFs.
 尚、ユーザプレーン(user plane)は、UEとネットワークとの間で送受信されるユーザデータ(user data)のことである。ユーザープレーンは、PDNコネクション、又はPDUセッションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、ユーザープレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及び/又はS1-Uインターフェース、及び/又はS5インターフェース、及び/又はS8インターフェース、及び/又はSGiインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、ユーザープレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及び/又はN3インターフェース、及び/又はN9インターフェース、及び/又はN6インターフェースを介して送受信されてもよい。以下、ユーザープレーンは、U-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Note that the user plane is user data transmitted and received between the UE and the network. The user plane may be sent and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session. Further, in the case of EPS, the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and / or the S1-U interface and / or the S5 interface and / or the S8 interface and / or the SGi interface. Further, in the case of 5GS, the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and NG RAN and / or the N3 interface and / or the N9 interface and / or the N6 interface. Hereinafter, the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
 さらに、制御プレーン(control plane)は、UEの通信制御等を行うために送受信される制御メッセージのことである。制御プレーンは、UEとMMEとの間のNAS (Non-Access-Stratum)シグナリングコネクションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、制御プレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及びS1-MMEインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、制御プレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及びN2インターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。以下、制御プレーンは、コントロールプレーンと表現されてもよいし、C-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, the control plane is a control message sent and received to control the communication of the UE. The control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME. Further, in the case of EPS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface. Further, in the case of 5GS, the control plane may be transmitted / received using the interface between the UE and NG RAN and the N2 interface. Hereinafter, the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or a C-Plane.
 さらに、U-Plane(User Plane; UP)は、ユーザデータを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、C-Plane(Control Plane; CP)は、制御メッセージを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。 Further, the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers. Further, the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
 [2.6. その他の装置及び/又は機能の説明]
 次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能について説明を行う。
[2.6. Explanation of other devices and / or functions]
Next, other devices and / or functions will be described.
 PCFは、ポリシールールを提供する機能等を有する。 PCF has a function to provide policy rules.
 また、UDMは、認証情報処理(Authentication credential processing)機能、ユーザ識別処理機能、アクセス認証機能、登録/移動性管理機能、加入者情報の管理(subscription management)機能等を有する。 In addition, UDM has an authentication information processing function, a user identification processing function, an access authentication function, a registration / mobility management function, a subscriber information management function, and the like.
 また、PCRFは、PGW及び/又はPDNに接続されており、データ配送に対するQoS管理を行う機能等を有する。例えば、UE_A10とPDN間の通信路のQoSの管理を行う。さらに、PCRFは、各装置がユーザデータを送受信する際に用いるPCC(Policy and Charging Control)ルール、及び/又はルーティングルールを作成、及び/又は管理する装置でもよい。 In addition, PCRF is connected to PGW and / or PDN, and has a function of performing QoS management for data delivery. For example, it manages the QoS of the communication path between UE_A10 and PDN. Further, the PCRF may be a device for creating and / or managing PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rules and / or routing rules used by each device when transmitting and receiving user data.
 また、HSSは、MME及び/又はSCEFに接続されており、加入者情報の管理を行う機能等を有する。HSSの加入者情報は、例えばMMEのアクセス制御の際に参照される。さらに、HSSは、MMEとは異なる位置管理装置と接続されていてもよい。 In addition, HSS is connected to MME and / or SCEF, and has a function to manage subscriber information. HSS subscriber information is referred to, for example, when controlling access to MME. In addition, the HSS may be connected to a location management device different from the MME.
 また、SCEFは、DN及び/又はPDNとMMEとHSSとに接続されており、DN及び/又はPDNとコアネットワーク_Aとを繋ぐゲートウェイとしてユーザデータの転送を行う中継装置としての機能等を有する。尚、SCEFは、non-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。さらに、SCEFは、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。また、こうしたゲートウェイはコアネットワーク_Aに複数配置されてよい。SCEFはコアネットワークの外側に構成されてもよいし、内側に構成されてもよい。 In addition, SCEF is connected to DN and / or PDN, MME and HSS, and has a function as a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway connecting DN and / or PDN and core network_A. .. SCEF may be a gateway for non-IP communication. In addition, SCEF may have the ability to convert between non-IP communication and IP communication. Also, multiple such gateways may be located in the core network_A. The SCEF may be configured outside or inside the core network.
 [3. 各実施形態で用いられる用語・識別情報、手続きの説明]
 各実施形態で、少なくとも1つは用いられる用語・識別情報、手続きを予め説明する。
[3. Terminology / identification information used in each embodiment, explanation of procedure]
In each embodiment, at least one term / identification information and procedure to be used will be explained in advance.
 [3.1. 各実施形態で用いられる用語・識別情報の説明]
 まず、各実施形態で用いられる、専門性の高い用語や、手続きで使用される識別情報について、予め説明する。
[3.1. Explanation of terms and identification information used in each embodiment]
First, highly specialized terms used in each embodiment and identification information used in the procedure will be described in advance.
 ネットワークとは、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部を指す。また、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部に含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と称してもよい。つまり、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワーク内の装置(ネットワーク装置、及び/又は制御装置)がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク内の装置がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。 The network refers to at least a part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, the fact that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of messages may mean that devices (network devices and / or control devices) in the network execute message transmission / reception and / or processing. .. Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network executes transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
 さらに、ネットワークは、PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network)を指してもよいし、後述するNPNを指してもよい。さらに、UEがネットワーク選択を行うと表現した場合、UEがPLMN選択を行うことを示してもよいし、UEがSNPN選択を行うことを示してもよい。 Furthermore, the network may refer to PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or NPN, which will be described later. Further, when it is expressed that the UE makes a network selection, it may indicate that the UE makes a PLMN selection, or it may indicate that the UE makes an SNPN selection.
 また、登録PLMN (registered PLMN) は、UEが登録されているPLMNのことである。 Also, the registered PLMN (registered PLMN) is the PLMN in which the UE is registered.
 また、均等PLMN (equivalent PLMN) は、ネットワークで任意のPLMNと同じPLMNであるように扱われるPLMNのことである。例えば、均等PLMNは、登録PLMNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のPLMNであってもよい。 Equivalent PLMN is a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same PLMN as any PLMN in the network. For example, an equal PLMN may be one or more PLMNs treated the same as a registered PLMN.
 また、SM(セッションマネジメント)メッセージ(NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SMメッセージとも称する)は、SMのための手続きで用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、AMF_A240を介してUE_A10とSMF_A230の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、PDUセッション完了メッセージ、PDUセッション拒絶メッセージ、PDUセッション変更要求メッセージ、PDUセッション変更受諾メッセージ、PDUセッション変更応答メッセージ等が含まれてもよい。また、SMのための手続きには、PDUセッション確立手続きが含まれてもよい。 The SM (session management) message (also referred to as NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message) may be a NAS message used in the procedure for SM, and is sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. It may be a control message to be performed. In addition, SM messages include PDU session establishment request messages, PDU session establishment acceptance messages, PDU session completion messages, PDU session rejection messages, PDU session change request messages, PDU session change acceptance messages, PDU session change response messages, and the like. You may. The procedure for SM may also include a PDU session establishment procedure.
 また、5GS (5G System) サービスは、コアネットワーク_B190を用いて提供される接続サービスでよい。さらに、5GSサービスは、EPSサービスと異なるサービスでもよいし、EPSサービスと同様のサービスでもよい。 Also, the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Further, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
 また、non 5GSサービスは、5GSサービス以外のサービスでよく、EPSサービス、及び/又はnon EPSサービスが含まれてもよい。 Further, the non5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
 また、シングルレジストレーションモードは、UE_A10が、N1モードとS1モードが利用可能な場合に、5GMM状態とEMM状態に対して、共通の登録状態を維持するモードである。 In addition, the single registration mode is a mode in which UE_A10 maintains a common registration state for the 5GMM state and EMM state when N1 mode and S1 mode are available.
 また、デュアルレジストレーションモードは、UE_A10が、N1モードとS1モードが利用可能な場合に、5GMM状態とEMM状態とを独立して登録状態を維持するモードである。尚、UE_A10は、デュアルレジストレーションモードの場合、N1モードのみでネットワークに登録(つまり5GCだけに登録)されていてもよいし、S1モードのみでネットワークに登録(EPCだけに登録)されていてもよいし、N1モードとS1モードの両方でネットワークに登録(5GCとEPCの両方に登録)されていてもよい。 In addition, the dual registration mode is a mode in which UE_A10 maintains the registered state independently of the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available. In the case of dual registration mode, UE_A10 may be registered in the network only in N1 mode (that is, registered only in 5GC), or may be registered in the network only in S1 mode (registered only in EPC). Alternatively, it may be registered in the network (registered in both 5GC and EPC) in both N1 mode and S1 mode.
 また、5GSとEPCとのインターワークするために、5GCとEPC NASの両方をサポートするUEは、シングルレジストレーションモード、又はデュアルレジストレーションモードで動作することができる。 Also, in order to interwork between 5GS and EPC, UEs that support both 5GC and EPC NAS can operate in single registration mode or dual registration mode.
 また、S1モードは、UE_A10に対して、E-UTRANを介したEPCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、S1モードは、S1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。尚、S1インターフェースは、S1-MMEインターフェース及びS1-Uインターフェースで構成されて良い。 In addition, S1 mode is a mode that allows UE_A10 to access EPC via E-UTRAN. In other words, the S1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the S1 interface. The S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
 また、N1モードは、UE_A10に対して、5Gアクセスネットワークを介した5GCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、N1モードは、N1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。 In addition, N1 mode is a mode that allows UE_A10 to access 5GC via a 5G access network. In other words, the N1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the N1 interface.
 また、APN (Access Point Name) は、コアネットワーク及び/又はPDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、APNは、コアネットワークA_90を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。 Further, APN (Access Point Name) may be identification information that identifies the core network and / or the external network such as PDN. Furthermore, the APN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network A_90.
 また、PDN (Packet Data Network) タイプとは、PDNコネクションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、non-IPがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv4v6が指定された場合は、IPv4又はIPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。non-IPが指定された場合は、IPを用いた通信ではなく、IP以外の通信方法によって通信する事を示す。 The PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. When IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6. When non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is performed by a communication method other than IP, not communication using IP.
 また、PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) セッションとは、PDU接続性サービスを提供するDNとUEとの間の関連性として定義することができるが、UEと外部ゲートウェイとの間で確立される接続性であってもよい。UEは、5GSにおいて、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを介したPDUセッションを確立することにより、PDUセッションを用いて、DNとの間のユーザデータの送受信を行うことができる。ここで、この外部ゲートウェイとは、UPF、SCEF等であってよい。UEは、PDUセッションを用いて、DNに配置されるアプリケーションサーバー等の装置と、ユーザデータの送受信を実行する事ができる。 A PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as a relationship between a DN that provides a PDU connectivity service and a UE, but it is established between the UE and an external gateway. It may be connectivity. By establishing a PDU session via the access network_B and the core network_B in 5GS, the UE can send and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session. Here, the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like. The UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located on the DN.
 尚、各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)は、PDUセッションに対して、1以上の識別情報を対応づけて管理してもよい。尚、これらの識別情報には、DNN、QoSルール、PDUセッションタイプ、アプリケーション識別情報、NSI識別情報、アクセスネットワーク識別情報、及びSSC modeのうち1以上が含まれてもよいし、その他の情報がさらに含まれてもよい。さらに、PDUセッションを複数確立する場合には、PDUセッションに対応づけられる各識別情報は、同じ内容でもよいし、異なる内容でもよい。 Note that each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) may manage one or more identification information in association with each PDU session. It should be noted that these identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rule, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, and other information. It may be further included. Further, when a plurality of PDU sessions are established, the identification information associated with the PDU session may have the same content or different contents.
 また、DNN (Data Network Name) は、コアネットワーク及び/又はDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、DNNは、コアネットワークB190を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。さらに、DNNは、APN(Access Point Name)に相当するものでもよい。 Further, DNN (Data Network Name) may be identification information that identifies the core network and / or the external network such as DN. Furthermore, DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 to connect the core network B190. Further, the DNN may correspond to an APN (Access Point Name).
 また、PDU (Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit) セッションタイプは、PDUセッションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、Ethernet、Unstructuredがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。Ethernetが指定された場合は、Ethernetフレームの送受信を行うことを示す。また、Ethernetは、IPを用いた通信を行わないことを示してもよい。Unstructuredが指定された場合は、Point-to-Point(P2P)トンネリング技術を用いて、DNにあるアプリケーションサーバー等にデータを送受信することを示す。P2Pトンネリング技術としては、例えば、UDP/IPのカプセル化技術を用いても良い。尚、PDUセッションタイプには、上記の他にIPが含まれても良い。IPは、UEがIPv4とIPv6の両方を使用可能である場合に指定する事ができる。 The PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. When IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. When Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data is sent / received to the application server etc. in the DN by using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technique, for example, a UDP / IP encapsulation technique may be used. The PDU session type may include an IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
 また、ネットワークスライス(NS)とは、特定のネットワーク能力及びネットワーク特性を提供する論理的なネットワークである。UE及び/又はネットワークは、5GSにおいて、ネットワークスライス(NWスライス; NS)をサポートすることができる。 A network slice (NS) is a logical network that provides specific network capabilities and network characteristics. UEs and / or networks can support network slices (NW slices; NS) in 5GS.
 また、ネットワークスライスインスタンス(NSI)とは、ネットワーク機能(NF)のインスタンス(実体)と、必要なリソースのセットで構成され、配置されるネットワークスライスを形成する。ここで、NFとは、ネットワークにおける処理機能であって、3GPPで採用又は定義されたものである。NSIはコアネットワーク_B内に1以上構成される、NSの実体である。また、NSIはNST(Network Slice Template)を用いて生成された仮想的なNF(Network Function)により構成されてもよい。ここで、NSTとは、要求される通信サービスや能力(capability)を提供する為のリソース要求に関連付けられ、1以上のNFの論理的表現である。つまり、NSIとは、複数のNFにより構成されたコアネットワーク_B190内の集合体でよい。また、NSIはサービス等によって配送されるユーザデータを分ける為に構成された論理的なネットワークでよい。NSには、1以上のNFが構成されてよい。NSに構成されるNFは、他のNSと共有される装置であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。UE、及び/又ネットワーク内の装置は、NSSAI、及び/又はS-NSSAI、及び/又はUE usage type、及び/又は1以上のNSI ID等の登録情報、及び/又はAPNに基づいて、1以上のNSに割り当てられることができる。尚、UE usage typeは、NSIを識別するための使用される、UEの登録情報に含まれるパラメータ値である。UE usage typeはHSSに記憶されていてよい。AMFはUE usage typeに基づきSMFとUPFを選択してもよい。 A network slice instance (NSI) is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged. Here, NF is a processing function in the network and is adopted or defined in 3GPP. NSI is an entity of NS composed of one or more in core network_B. Further, NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated by using NST (Network Slice Template). Here, NST is a logical expression of one or more NFs associated with a resource request for providing the required communication service and capability. In other words, the NSI may be an aggregate in the core network_B190 composed of a plurality of NFs. In addition, NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by services and the like. One or more NFs may be configured in NS. The NF configured in NS may or may not be a device shared with other NS. UE and / or devices in the network are 1 or more based on NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or registration information such as 1 or more NSI IDs and / or APN. Can be assigned to NS. The UE usage type is a parameter value included in the UE registration information used to identify the NSI. The UE usage type may be stored in the HSS. AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
 また、S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) は、NSを識別するための情報である。S-NSSAIは、SST(Slice/Service type)のみで構成されてもよいし、SSTとSD(Slice Differentiator)の両方で構成されてもよい。ここで、SSTとは、機能とサービスの面で期待されるNSの動作を示す情報である。また、SDは、SSTで示される複数のNSIから1つのNSIを選択する際に、SSTを補間する情報であってもよい。S-NSSAIは、PLMNごとに特有な情報であってもよいし、PLMN間で共通化された標準の情報であってもよい。また、ネットワークは、デフォルトS-NSSAIとして、UEの登録情報に1以上のS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。尚、S-NSSAIがデフォルトS-NSSAIである場合において、UEが登録要求メッセージにおいて有効なS-NSSAIをネットワークに送信しないときは、ネットワークは、UEに関係するNSを提供してもよい。 In addition, S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is information for identifying NS. S-NSSAI may be composed of only SST (Slice / Service type) or may be composed of both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator). Here, SST is information indicating the operation of NS expected in terms of functions and services. Further, the SD may be information that interpolates the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs represented by the SST. The S-NSSAI may be information peculiar to each PLMN, or may be standard information shared among PLMNs. Further, the network may store one or more S-NSSAI in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI and the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message, the network may provide the NS related to the UE.
 また、NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) は、S-NSSAIの集まりである。NSSAIに含まれる、各S-NSSAIはアクセスネットワーク又はコアネットワークがNSIを選択するのをアシストする情報である。UEはPLMNごとにネットワークから許可されたNSSAIを記憶してもよい。また、NSSAIは、AMFを選択するのに用いられる情報であってよい。 NSSAI (Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is a collection of S-NSSAI. Each S-NSSAI contained in NSSAI is information that assists the access network or core network in selecting NSI. The UE may memorize the NSSAI permitted by the network for each PLMN. Also, NSSAI may be the information used to select AMF.
 また、SSC (Session and Service Continuity) modeは、5Gシステム(5GS)において、システム、及び/又は各装置がサポートするセッションサービス継続(Session and Service Continuity)のモードを示すものである。より詳細には、UE_A10とUPFとの間で確立されたPDUセッションがサポートするセッションサービス継続の種類を示すモードであってもよい。なお、SSC modeはPDUセッション毎に設定されるセッションサービス継続の種類を示すモードであってもよい。さらに、SSC modeは、SSC mode 1、SSC mode 2、SSC mode 3の3つのモードから構成されていてもよい。尚、PDUセッションに対応づけられたSSC modeは、PDUセッションが存続している間は、変更されなくてもよい。 In addition, SSC (Session and Service Continuity) mode indicates the mode of session service continuity (Session and Service Continuity) supported by the system and / or each device in the 5G system (5GS). More specifically, it may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation supported by the PDU session established between UE_A10 and UPF. The SSC mode may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation set for each PDU session. Further, the SSC mode may be composed of three modes, SSC mode 1, SSC mode 2, and SSC mode 3. The SSC mode associated with the PDU session does not have to be changed for the life of the PDU session.
 また、RRC (Radio Resource Control) コネクションは、UEとアクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置との間で確立されるコネクションである。より詳細には、RRCコネクションは、UEとアクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置との間のUuリファレンスポイントにおいて確立されるコネクションである。RRCコネクションは、無線ベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、RRCコネクションは、3GPPアクセスにおいて確立されるコネクションであってもよい。さらに、RRCコネクションは、NASレイヤの下のRRCレイヤにおいて確立されるコネクションであってもよい。さらに、RRCコネクションは、RRCレイヤのRRCメッセージの送受信にて、確立、及び/又は解放されるコネクションであってもよい。さらに、RRCコネクションは、RRCレイヤのRRCメッセージの送受信にて、サスペンドされるコネクションであってもよい。 The RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection is a connection established between the UE and the base station device in the access network. More specifically, an RRC connection is a connection established at a Uu reference point between a UE and a base station appliance in an access network. The RRC connection may be configured with a wireless bearer. Further, the RRC connection may be a connection established in 3GPP access. Further, the RRC connection may be a connection established in the RRC layer below the NAS layer. Further, the RRC connection may be a connection established and / or released by sending and receiving an RRC message of the RRC layer. Further, the RRC connection may be a connection that is suspended by sending and receiving RRC messages of the RRC layer.
 また、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、RRCレイヤが非有効化(inactive)な状態にも関わらず、NASレイヤの状態がコネクティッド状態であることを示す状態である。言い換えると、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、NASシグナリングコネクション、及び/又はNASシグナリングコネクションのコンテキストを維持しつつ、無線ベアラが解放された状態であってもよい。 In addition, 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication is a state indicating that the state of the NAS layer is a connected state even though the RRC layer is inactive. In other words, the 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a state where the radio bearer is released while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
 さらに、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされた状態であってもよい。より詳細には、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、NASレイヤの状態がコネクティッド状態であるが、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされた状態であってもよい。言い換えると、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、NASシグナリングコネクション、及び/又はNASシグナリングコネクションのコンテキストを維持しつつ、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされた状態であってもよい。 Furthermore, 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a state where the RRC connection is suspended. More specifically, in 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication, the NAS layer state is the connected state, but the RRC connection may be suspended. In other words, the 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication may be in a suspended state of the RRC connection while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
 ここで、UEは、下位レイヤから、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされたことを示す情報の受信に基づいて、5GMM-CONNECTED modeから5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationに遷移してもよい。さらに、UEは、下位レイヤからの、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされたことを示す情報の受信に基づいて、3GPPアクセスに対する状態のみを、5GMM-CONNECTED modeから5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationに遷移してもよい。尚、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされたことを示す情報は、RRCコネクションがサスペンドされたことを示すインディケーションであってもよい。 Here, the UE may transition from 5GMM-CONNECTED mode to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication from the lower layer based on the reception of information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended. Furthermore, the UE transitions only the state for 3GPP access from 5GMM-CONNECTED mode to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication from the lower layer based on the reception of information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended. May be good. The information indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended may be an indication indicating that the RRC connection has been suspended.
 また、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationのサポートとは、RRCレイヤが非有効化になったことを示す通知を下位レイヤから受けた場合でも、NASレイヤの状態をコネクティッド状態に維持することがサポートされていることを意味してもよい。さらに、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationの使用とは、RRCレイヤが非有効化になったことを示す通知を下位レイヤから受けた場合でも、NASレイヤの状態をコネクティッド状態に維持することを意味してもよい。 In addition, support for 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer can be maintained in the connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean that it is supported. Furthermore, the use of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in the connected state even when the notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean.
 また、PDU session with suspended user-plane resourcesは、ユーザプレーンリソースが確立、又は再確立され、無線ベアラがサスペンドされたPDUセッションである。ここで、無線ベアラがサスペンドされるタイミングは、UEが5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationに遷移するタイミングであってもよい。さらに、無線ベアラは、データ無線ベアラであってもよい。 Also, PDU session with suspended user-plane resources is a PDU session in which user plane resources are established or re-established and the wireless bearer is suspended. Here, the timing at which the wireless bearer is suspended may be the timing at which the UE transitions to 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication. Further, the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer.
 トラッキングエリアは、コアネットワークが管理する、UE_A10の位置情報で表すことが可能な単数又は複数の範囲である。トラッキングエリアは、複数のセルで構成されもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ページング等の制御メッセージがブロードキャストされる範囲でもよいし、UE_A10がハンドオーバー手続きをせずに移動できる範囲でもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ルーティングエリアでもよいし、ロケーションエリアでもよいし、これらと同様のものであればよい。以下、トラッキングエリアはTA(Tracking Area)であってもよい。 The tracking area is a single or multiple range that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network. The tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or the same as these. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be TA (Tracking Area).
 TAリストは、ネットワークがUE_A10に割り当てた一又は複数のTAが含まれるリストである。なお、UE_A10は、TAリストに含まれる一又は複数のTA内を移動している間は、トラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動することができてよい。言い換えると、UE_A10は、TAリストは、UE_A10がトラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動できるエリアを示す情報群であってよい。尚、TAリストは、一又複数のTAI (Tracking area identity) で構成されるTAIリストと表現されてもよく、以下、TAIリストは、TAリストを指してもよい。 The TA list is a list that includes one or more TAs assigned to UE_A10 by the network. Note that UE_A10 may be able to move without executing the tracking area update procedure while moving within one or more TAs included in the TA list. In other words, the UE_A10 may be a group of information indicating an area in which the TA list can be moved without performing the tracking area update procedure. The TA list may be expressed as a TAI list composed of one or more TAI (Tracking area identity), and hereinafter, the TAI list may refer to the TA list.
 LADN (Local Area Data Network) とは、特定の場所においてのみUEが接続可能なDNであり、特定のDNN(つまりLADN DNN)に対する接続性を提供するものである。LADNは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNに対応づけられたPDUセッションを用いることで接続可能なDNであってよい。さらに、LADNは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNと特定のS-NSSAIとの組合せに対応づけられたPDUセッションを用いることで接続可能なDNであってよい。 LADN (Local Area Data Network) is a DN that a UE can connect to only in a specific location, and provides connectivity to a specific DNN (that is, LADN DNN). The LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a particular location by using a PDU session associated with a particular DNN. Further, the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a specific combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI.
 LADN情報は、LADNに関連する情報である。LADN情報は、UEが利用可能な特定のLADNを示す情報であってもよい。LADN情報には、LADN DNNと、LADNサービスエリア情報とが含まれてよい。より詳細には、LADN情報には、一又は複数の、LADN毎に存在する情報(以下では、LADNを示す情報と称す)が含まれてよい。さらに、LADNを示す情報には、LADN DNNと、LADNサービスエリア情報とが含まれてよい。ここで、LADN DNNは、LADNを識別する情報であってもよく、LADNとして扱われるDNを識別する情報であってもよく、LADNに対してPDUセッションを確立する際に用いるDNNであってよい。 LADN information is information related to LADN. The LADN information may be information indicating a specific LADN available to the UE. The LADN information may include LADN DNN and LADN service area information. More specifically, the LADN information may include one or more pieces of information existing for each LADN (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating LADN). Further, the information indicating LADN may include LADN DNN and LADN service area information. Here, the LADN DNN may be information that identifies the LADN, may be information that identifies the DN that is treated as the LADN, or may be a DNN that is used when establishing a PDU session for the LADN. ..
 尚、LADN情報が従来のLADN情報である場合、LADN情報は、上記で説明した構成の情報であってよい。具体的には、LADN情報が従来のLADN情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアは、従来のLADNサービスエリアであってよい。 If the LADN information is the conventional LADN information, the LADN information may be the information having the configuration described above. Specifically, when the LADN information is conventional LADN information, the LADN service area may be the conventional LADN service area.
 逆に、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADN情報は、上記で説明した構成の一部が拡張された情報であってよい。具体的には、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアは、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアであってよい。さらに、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNを示す情報は、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアの粒度を示す情報を、さらに含んでもよい。さらに、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNを示す情報は、S-NSSAIを、さらに含んでもよい。 On the contrary, when the LADN information is the extended LADN information, the LADN information may be a part of the above-described configuration extended information. Specifically, if the LADN information is extended LADN information, the LADN service area may be the extended LADN service area. Further, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating LADN may further include information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid and / or information indicating the particle size of the LADN service area. Further, if the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating LADN may further include S-NSSAI.
 LADNサービスエリア (LADN service area) は、LADNに対するPDUセッションの確立が可能なエリアである。LADNサービスエリアは、LADNへの接続が可能なエリアであってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアは、LADNサービスエリア情報によって示されるエリアであってもよい。ここで、LADNサービスエリア情報は、LADNサービスエリアを識別する情報であってよく、トラッキングエリアのセットとして提供されてもよいし、TAI (Tracking area identity) listとして提供されてもよい。 The LADN service area is an area where a PDU session can be established for LADN. The LADN service area may be an area where connection to LADN is possible. Further, the LADN service area may be an area indicated by the LADN service area information. Here, the LADN service area information may be information that identifies the LADN service area, and may be provided as a set of tracking areas or as a TAI (Tracking area identity) list.
 尚、LADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、現在、UEが接続しているレジストレーションエリアに属するトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってよい。言い換えると、LADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよい。逆に、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、前記トラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよいし、前記トラッキングエリア内の一部の基地局によってカバーされるエリアであってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、前記トラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリア以外のサイズのエリアであってもよいし、トラッキングエリアに依存しないエリアであってもよい。言い換えると、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよいし、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアであってもよい。 If the LADN service area is a conventional LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of tracking areas that belong to the registration area to which the UE is currently connected. In other words, if the LADN service area is a conventional LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of one or more tracking areas. Conversely, when the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of the tracking area, or may be covered by some base stations in the tracking area. Area may be. Further, when the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area having a size other than the area configured by the tracking area, or may be an area independent of the tracking area. May be good. In other words, if the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area composed of one or more tracking areas, or may be composed of one or more tracking areas. It may be an area different from the area.
 さらに、LADNサービスエリアが、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリア情報は、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアIDによって構成されるトラッキングエリアIDリストであってよい。逆に、LADNサービスエリアが、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリア情報は、RAN (Radio Access Network) のアシストが必要な情報であってもよく、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報であってもよい。ここで、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、セルの情報であってもよいし、基地局の情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、セルIDであってもよいし、基地局IDであってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、これらに限らず、RANで定義される情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報は、物理的な位置情報であってよく、アプリケーションによって取得可能な位置情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報は、これらに限らず、RAN以外で取得可能な情報であってもよい。ここで、RANのことをアクセスネットワークと表現してもよい。逆に、アクセスネットワークのことをRANと称してもよい。 Further, when the LADN service area is an area composed of one or more tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list composed of one or more tracking area IDs. On the contrary, when the LADN service area is different from the area composed of one or more tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be information that requires assistance from RAN (Radio Access Network). , Information that does not require RAN assistance may be used. Here, the information that requires RAN assistance may be cell information or base station information. Further, the information that requires RAN assistance may be a cell ID or a base station ID. Further, the information that requires RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information defined by RAN. Further, the information that does not require RAN assistance may be physical location information or location information that can be acquired by the application. Further, the information that does not require RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information that can be acquired other than RAN. Here, RAN may be expressed as an access network. Conversely, the access network may be referred to as RAN.
 LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADNサービスエリアとは異なる粒度のLADNサービスエリアを用いることを意味してもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報を用いることを意味してもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADNと異なる、拡張されたLADNに接続すること意味してもよい。 Expansion of the LADN service area may mean using a LADN service area having a particle size different from that of the conventional LADN service area. Further, the expansion of the LADN service area may mean using the expanded LADN information different from the conventional LADN information. Further, the extension of the LADN service area may mean connecting to the extended LADN, which is different from the conventional LADN.
 つまり、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADNサービスエリアに加え、従来のLADNサービスエリアとは異なる、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアも適応可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADN情報に加え、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報も使用可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADNに加え、従来のLADNと異なる、拡張されたLADNに接続可能であってもよい。 That is, if each device supports the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN service area, which is different from the conventional LADN service area, may be applicable in addition to the conventional LADN service area. Further, if each device supports the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN information different from the conventional LADN information may be available in addition to the conventional LADN information. Further, if each device supports the expansion of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN different from the conventional LADN in addition to the conventional LADN.
 逆に、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの適応が可能ではなく、従来のLADNサービスエリアのみが適応可能であってよい。さらに、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADN情報の使用が可能ではなく、従来のLADN情報のみが使用可能であってよい。さらに、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNへの接続が可能ではなく、従来のLADNへの接続のみが可能であってよい。 Conversely, if some of the devices do not support the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN service area may not be adaptable and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Further, if some of the devices do not support the expansion of the LADN service area, the expanded LADN information may not be available and only the traditional LADN information may be available. Further, if some of the devices do not support the expansion of the LADN service area, it may not be possible to connect to the expanded LADN, but only to the conventional LADN.
 また、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの適応が可能ではなく、従来のLADNサービスエリアのみが適応可能であってよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADN情報の使用が可能ではなく、従来のLADN情報のみが使用可能であってよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADNへの接続が可能ではなく、従来のLADNへの接続のみが可能であってよい。 Further, if each device supports the use restriction of the extended LADN service area, the extended LADN service area may not be applicable, and only the conventional LADN service area may be applicable. Further, if each device supports the use restriction of the extended LADN service area, the extended LADN information may not be available and only the conventional LADN information may be available. Further, if each device supports the extended usage restrictions of the LADN service area, it may not be possible to connect to the extended LADN, but only to the conventional LADN.
 逆に、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアも適応可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADN情報も使用可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNに接続可能であってもよい。 Conversely, if each device does not support the usage restrictions for the extended LADN service area, the extended LADN service area may also be adaptable. In addition, extended LADN information may also be available if each device does not support the use restrictions of the extended LADN service area. In addition, if each device does not support the extended usage restrictions of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN.
 LADNのためのPDUセッション(PDU session for LADN) は、LADNに関連づけられたDNNに対応づけられたPDUセッションである。LADNのためのPDUセッションは、LADNに対して確立されるPDUセッションであってよい。言い換えると、UEとLADNとの間に確立されるPDUセッションであってもよいし、UEとLADNとの間のユーザデータ通信に用いられるPDUセッションであってもよい。尚、LADNのためのPDUセッションは、LADN service areaにおいてのみ確立可能なPDUセッションであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNを用いることで、LADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であってよい。さらに、言い換えると、UEは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNと特定のS-NSSAIとの組合せを用いることで、LADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であってよい。 A PDU session for LADN (PDU session for LADN) is a PDU session associated with a DNN associated with LADN. The PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session established for LADN. In other words, it may be a PDU session established between the UE and LADN, or it may be a PDU session used for user data communication between the UE and LADN. The PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only in the LADN service area. In other words, the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN by using a particular DNN at a particular location. Furthermore, in other words, the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN at a particular location by using a particular combination of a particular DNN and a particular S-NSSAI.
 また、Non-Public Network(NPN)は、一般利用を目的とせず、企業など私的利用など、特定の利用者が特定の目的で利用する非公開ネットワークである。NPNにはStand-alone Non-Public Network (SNPN)とPublic network integrated NPNの2種類が存在する。なお、以下にNPNと記載した場合、SNPNとPublic network integrated NPNの両方を意味してよい。 In addition, Non-Public Network (NPN) is a private network that is used by specific users for specific purposes, such as private use such as companies, not for general use. There are two types of NPN: Stand-alone Non-Public Network (SNPN) and Public network integrated NPN. When NPN is described below, it may mean both SNPN and Public network integrated NPN.
 SNPNは、NPNオペレータにより運用され、PLMNにより提供される機能部からの影響を受けないネットワークである。言い換えると、SNPNは一般に公開されるPLMNとは独立したNPN専用のネットワークである。SNPNは、SNPN identity (SNPN ID) によって識別されるネットワークであってよい。尚、SNPN IDは、PLMN IDとNetwork identifier (NID) とを組み合わせた情報であってよい。尚、SNPN IDに用いられるPLMN IDは、プライベートネットワークの為に確保された情報であってもよく、例えばPLMN IDに含まれるMCCは999であってもよい。さらに、UEがSNPNに登録された場合、登録されたSNPNを、登録SNPN、又はRSNPN (registered SNPN) と称してもよい。 SNPN is a network operated by the NPN operator and not affected by the functional parts provided by PLMN. In other words, the SNPN is an NPN-only network independent of the publicly available PLMN. The SNPN may be a network identified by the SNPN identity (SNPN ID). The SNPN ID may be information that is a combination of the PLMN ID and the Network identifier (NID). The PLMN ID used for the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network, and for example, the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999. Further, when the UE is registered in the SNPN, the registered SNPN may be referred to as a registered SNPN or RSNPN (registered SNPN).
 NID (Network identifier) は、ネットワークを識別する情報である。SNPNは、PLMN IDとNIDとを組み合わせた情報により識別されてもよい。NIDは、SNPN内でユニークな情報であってもよいし、世界的にユニークな情報であってもよい。 NID (Network identifier) is information that identifies the network. The SNPN may be identified by a combination of PLMN ID and NID information. The NID may be unique information within the SNPN or may be globally unique information.
 Public network integrated NPNはPLMNの機能部を利用して実現されるネットワークである。言い換えると Public network integrated NPNは、PLMN内で仮想的に実現されるNPNである。さらに、Public network integrated NPNは、PLMNを介して作成可能なNPNである。尚、Public network integrated NPNは、ネットワークスライスの機能を用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、Public network integrated NPNは、NPNのために割り当てられたネットワークスライスを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、Public network integrated NPNは、S-NSSAIによって識別されてもよいし、S-NSSAIとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。 Public network integrated NPN is a network realized by using the functional parts of PLMN. In other words, the Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN. Furthermore, Public network integrated NPN is an NPN that can be created via PLMN. The Public network integrated NPN may be realized by using the function of the network slice. Specifically, the Public network integrated NPN may be a feasible network by using the network slice assigned for the NPN. In this case, the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID.
 さらに、Public network integrated NPNは、DNを用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、Public network integrated NPNは、NPNのためのDNを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、Public network integrated NPNは、DNNによって識別されてもよいし、DNNとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。 Furthermore, Public network integrated NPN may be realized by using DN. Specifically, the Public network integrated NPN may be a feasible network by using a DN for the NPN. In this case, the Public network integrated NPN may be identified by the DNN or by the combination of the DNN and the CAG ID.
 CAG(Closed Access Groups) IDは、CAGに関連付けられた1又は複数のセルに接続が許可された登録者(subscriber)のグループを識別する情報である。CAGは、CAG IDにより識別されるグループであってよい。CAGは、Public network integrated NPNを、ネットワークスライスで実現する際に利用されるグループである。CAGは、NPNの為に割り当てられたネットワークスライスに、NPNが許可されないUEから、アクセスを試みないようにするために使用されてもよい。さらに、CAG IDは、PLMN内でユニークな情報である。 The CAG (Closed Access Groups) ID is information that identifies a group of subscribers who are permitted to connect to one or more cells associated with the CAG. The CAG may be a group identified by the CAG ID. CAG is a group used to realize Public network integrated NPN in network slices. The CAG may be used to prevent attempts to access network slices assigned for NPNs from UEs that do not allow NPNs. Furthermore, the CAG ID is unique information within the PLMN.
 SNPNが有効なUE (SNPN enable UE) は、SNPNの利用が設定されたUEである。SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNに関する情報を、少なくとも1つ記憶していてもよい。言い換えると、SNPNが有効なUEの設定情報には、SNPNの利用が可能であることを示す情報が含まれていてよい。さらに、SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNアクセスモードをサポートしてよい。言い換えると、SNPNが有効なUEは、SNPNアクセスモードで作動してもよい。 A UE with SNPN enabled (SNPN enable UE) is a UE for which the use of SNPN is set. An SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information about the SNPN. In other words, the setting information of the UE in which the SNPN is valid may include information indicating that the SNPN can be used. In addition, SNPN-enabled UEs may support SNPN access modes. In other words, a UE with SNPN enabled may operate in SNPN access mode.
 SNPNアクセスモード (SNPN access mode) は、SNPNが選択されたモードである。SNPNアクセスモードは、UEがSNPNに登録されたモードであってもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードは、UEがSNPNに接続しているモードであってもよい。言い換えると、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、SNPNのみを選択してもよい。より詳細には、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、Uuインターフェースを介したSNPNのみを選択してもよい。言い換えると、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、PLMNを選択せずに、SNPNを選択してもよい。ここで、SNPNアクセスモードで作動しているUEは、SNPNアクセスモードのUEと表現されてもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPNが有効なUEであってもよい。 SNPN access mode (SNPN access mode) is the mode in which SNPN is selected. The SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is registered in the SNPN. Further, the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is connected to the SNPN. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN when selecting a network. More specifically, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN via the Uu interface when selecting a network. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select SNPN instead of PLMN when selecting a network. Here, a UE operating in the SNPN access mode may be expressed as a UE in the SNPN access mode. Further, the UE in the SNPN access mode may be a UE in which the SNPN is valid.
 均等SNPN (equivalent PLMN) は、任意のSNPNと同じSNPNであるように扱われるSNPNのことであってよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のSNPNであってもよい。 Equivalent PLMN may be an SNPN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN. For example, an equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs that are treated the same as a registered SNPN.
 さらに、均等SNPNは、任意のSNPNと同じSNPNであるように扱われるPLMNのことであってよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のPLMNであってもよい。 Furthermore, the equal SNPN may be a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN. For example, the equal SNPN may be one or more PLMNs treated the same as the registered SNPN.
 さらに、均等SNPNは、任意のSNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別される、一又は複数のSNPNであってよいし、PLMNであってもよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別される、一又は複数のSNPNであってよいし、PLMNであってもよい。さらに、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別されるPLMN、及び前記PLMNの均等PLMNであってよい。 Further, the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as any SNPN, or may be a PLMN. For example, the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, or it may be a PLMN. Further, the equal SNPN may be a PLMN identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, and an equal PLMN of the PLMN.
 デフォルトUE証明書(Default UE credentials)は、実際のオンボーディング手続きの前に、UEが保持している情報である。デフォルトUE証明書は、UEを一意に識別できるようにするために用いられる情報であってもよい。さらに、デフォルトUE証明書は、UEの安全性を立証するために用いられる情報であってもよい。 The default UE credentials are the information held by the UE before the actual onboarding procedure. The default UE certificate may be information used to uniquely identify the UE. In addition, the default UE certificate may be information used to prove the security of the UE.
 デフォルト証明書サーバー(Default Credential Server: DCS)は、デフォルトUE証明書を用いてUEを認証することができるサーバーである。デフォルト証明書サーバー、他の装置、又はエンティティに対して、デフォルトUE証明書を用いたUEの認証機能を提供することができるサーバーであってもよい。 The default certificate server (DefaultCredentialServer: DCS) is a server that can authenticate UE using the default UE certificate. It may be a server that can provide a UE authentication function using a default UE certificate to a default certificate server, another device, or an entity.
 NPN証明書(NPN credentials)は、NPNにアクセスするために、UEが認証用に使用する情報である。NPN証明書は、3GPP証明書であってもよいし、non-3GPP証明書であってもよい。 NPN credentials are information used by the UE for authentication in order to access the NPN. The NPN certificate may be a 3GPP certificate or a non-3GPP certificate.
 オンボーディングネットワーク(Onboarding Network; ON)は、オンボーディングのために、UEに、初期登録、及び/又はアクセスを提供するネットワークである。言い換えると、UEは、オンボーディングネットワークに登録、及び/又はアクセスし、オンボーディングを実施してもよい。 Onboarding Network (ON) is a network that provides UE with initial registration and / or access for onboarding. In other words, the UE may register and / or access the onboarding network and perform onboarding.
 ここで、オンボーディングネットワークは、PLMNによって実現されてもよい。さらに、オンボーディングネットワークは、SNPNによって実現されてもよい。 Here, the onboarding network may be realized by PLMN. In addition, the onboarding network may be implemented by SNPN.
 プロビジョニングサーバー(Provisioning Server)は、認証承認されたUEに、サブスクリプションデータを提供するサーバーである。プロビジョニングサーバー(Provisioning Server)は、認証承認されたUEに、サブスクリプションデータと、その他設定情報とを提供するサーバーであってもよい。 The provisioning server is a server that provides subscription data to UEs that have been authenticated and approved. The provisioning server may be a server that provides subscription data and other configuration information to an authenticated UE.
 さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、オンボーディングネットワークに存在するサーバーであってもよい。さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、PLMNに存在するサーバーであってもよい。さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、SNPNに存在するサーバーであってもよい。さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、コアネットワークに存在するサーバーであってもよい。さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、外部のDNに存在するサーバーであってもよい。 Furthermore, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the onboarding network. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the PLMN. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the SNPN. Further, the provisioning server may be a server existing in the core network. In addition, the provisioning server may be a server that resides on an external DN.
 サブスクリプションオーナー(Subscription Owner; SO)は、サブスクリプションデータ、及び/又はその他設定情報を記憶し、UEオンボーディング手続きの結果として、サブスクリプションデータ、及び/又はその他設定情報を、PSドメインを介して、UEに提供するエンティティである。言い換えると、サブスクリプションオーナーは、サブスクリプションデータ、及び/又はその他設定情報を記憶するエンティティであり、UEオンボーディング手続きにおいて、UEに、サブスクリプションデータ、及び/又はその他設定情報を提供するエンティティであってよい。 The subscription owner (SO) stores the subscription data and / or other configuration information, and as a result of the UE onboarding procedure, the subscription data and / or other configuration information is transferred via the PS domain. , An entity provided to the UE. In other words, the subscription owner is the entity that stores the subscription data and / or other configuration information and provides the UE with the subscription data and / or other configuration information in the UE onboarding procedure. It's okay.
 UEオンボーディングは、UEやネットワーク内部のエンティティに、UEが承認されたNPNへのアクセスや接続性を得るのに必要な情報を提供することである。 UE onboarding is to provide the UE and the entity inside the network with the information necessary for the UE to gain access and connectivity to the approved NPN.
 言い換えると、UEオンボーディングは、UEやネットワーク内部のエンティティに、情報を提供することであってよい。ここで、前記情報は、UEが、NPNへのアクセスや接続性の確立に必要な情報であってよい。さらに、前記NPNへのアクセスや接続性は、承認されたものであってよい。さらに、前記情報は、SNPN情報であってもよい。 In other words, UE onboarding may be to provide information to the UE or an entity inside the network. Here, the information may be information necessary for the UE to access the NPN and establish connectivity. Further, the access and connectivity to the NPN may be approved. Further, the information may be SNPN information.
 さらに言い換えると、UEがNPNへのアクセスや接続性の確立を試みる場合、UEは、UEオンボーディングを実施することで、NPNへのアクセスや接続性の確立に必要な情報を取得してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEオンボーディングの実施後に、NPNへのアクセスや接続性の確立のための手続きを実施してもよい。 In other words, if the UE attempts to access or establish connectivity to the NPN, the UE may perform UE onboarding to obtain the information needed to access or establish connectivity to the NPN. .. In addition, the UE may carry out procedures for establishing access to and connectivity to the NPN after performing UE onboarding.
 尚、UEオンボーディングを、UEオンボーディング手続きと称してもよい。さらに、UEオンボーディングを、オンボーディングサービスと称してもよい。さらに、UEオンボーディングを、オンボーディングと称してもよい。 Note that UE onboarding may be referred to as UE onboarding procedure. Further, UE onboarding may be referred to as an onboarding service. Further, UE onboarding may be referred to as onboarding.
 言い換えると、UEオンボーディング手続きと表現した場合、UEオンボーディングのことを意味してもよい。さらに、オンボーディングサービスと表現した場合、UEオンボーディングのことを意味してもよい。さらに、オンボーディングと表現した場合、UEオンボーディングのことを意味してもよい。 In other words, when expressed as UE onboarding procedure, it may mean UE onboarding. Further, when the term “onboarding service” is used, it may mean UE onboarding. Further, when expressed as onboarding, it may mean UE onboarding.
 SNPN情報は、UEが、SNPNへのアクセスや接続性の確立に必要な情報である。SNPN情報は、UEが、SNPNに対して、アクセスや接続性の確立のための手続きを実施する際に用いられる情報であってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報は、サブスクリプションデータ、及び/又はその他設定情報であってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報は、NPN証明書であってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報をNPN情報と称してもよい。 SNPN information is information that the UE needs to access SNPN and establish connectivity. The SNPN information may be information used by the UE to carry out procedures for establishing access and connectivity to the SNPN. Further, the SNPN information may be subscription data and / or other setting information. Further, the SNPN information may be an NPN certificate. Further, the SNPN information may be referred to as NPN information.
 尚、UEは、UEオンボーディングにおいて、ネットワークから、SNPN情報を取得してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、UEオンボーディングにおいて、プロビジョニングサーバー、又はサブスクリプションオーナーから、SNPN情報を取得してもよい。 The UE may acquire SNPN information from the network in UE onboarding. More specifically, the UE may obtain SNPN information from the provisioning server or subscription owner in UE onboarding.
 言い換えると、ネットワークは、UEオンボーディングにおいて、UEに、SNPN情報を提供してもよい。より詳細には、プロビジョニングサーバー、又はサブスクリプションオーナーは、UEオンボーディングにおいて、UEに、SNPN情報を提供してもよい。 In other words, the network may provide SNPN information to the UE in UE onboarding. More specifically, the provisioning server, or subscription owner, may provide the UE with SNPN information in UE onboarding.
 SNPN情報の提供手続きは、ネットワークがUEにSNPN情報を提供するための手続きである。言い換えると、SNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEがネットワークからSNPN情報を取得するための手続きである。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEオンボーディングを実施するための手続きであってもよい。 The procedure for providing SNPN information is a procedure for the network to provide SNPN information to the UE. In other words, the procedure for providing SNPN information is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network. Further, the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a procedure for carrying out UE onboarding.
 ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにおいて、UEに、SNPN情報を提供してもよい。より詳細には、プロビジョニングサーバー、又はサブスクリプションオーナーは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにおいて、UEに、SNPN情報を提供してもよい。 The network may provide SNPN information to the UE in the procedure for providing SNPN information. More specifically, the provisioning server or the subscription owner may provide the SNPN information to the UE in the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにおいて、ネットワークから、SNPN情報を取得してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにおいて、プロビジョニングサーバー、又はサブスクリプションオーナーから、SNPN情報を取得してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may acquire SNPN information from the network in the procedure for providing SNPN information. More specifically, the UE may obtain SNPN information from the provisioning server or the subscription owner in the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、SNPN情報の取得完了に基づいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may release the first list based on the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. In other words, the UE may release the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
 より詳細には、UEは、第1のリストを保持している場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、第1のリストを保持している場合、SNPN情報の取得完了に基づいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。 More specifically, if the UE holds the first list, it may release the first list based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure. In other words, if the UE holds the first list, it may release the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
 逆に、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に実施される非登録手続きにおいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、第1のリストを保持している場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に実施される非登録手続きにおいて、第1のリストを解放してもよい。 Conversely, the UE may release the first list in the non-registration procedure performed upon completion of the SNPN information provision procedure. More specifically, if the UE retains the first list, it may release the first list in the non-registration procedure performed upon completion of the SNPN information provision procedure.
 ここで、SNPN情報の提供手続きには、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きと、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きとがあってよい。 Here, the procedure for providing SNPN information may include a procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane and a procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane.
 ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、ネットワークが、ユーザープレーンを介して、UEにSNPN情報を提供する手続きである。言い換えると、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEが、ユーザープレーンを介して、ネットワークからSNPN情報を取得する手続きである。 The procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure in which the network provides SNPN information to the UE via the user plane. In other words, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network via the user plane.
 具体的には、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEとネットワークとの間でPDUセッション確立した後、前記PDUセッションを用いて、ネットワークからUEに、SNPN情報を提供する手続きである。 Specifically, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is a procedure for providing SNPN information from the network to the UE using the PDU session after establishing a PDU session between the UE and the network. ..
 ここで、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、ネットワークは、UEとの間でPDUセッションを確立し、前記PDUセッション上にて、UEにSNPN情報を送信することで、UEにSNPN情報を提供してもよい。言い換えると、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、UEは、ネットワークとの間でPDUセッションを確立し、前記PDUセッション上にて、ネットワークからSNPN情報を受信することで、UEにSNPN情報を取得してもよい。 Here, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the network establishes a PDU session with the UE and transmits the SNPN information to the UE on the PDU session, thereby performing the UE. SNPN information may be provided to. In other words, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the UE establishes a PDU session with the network and receives the SNPN information from the network on the PDU session. SNPN information may be acquired.
 尚、SNPN情報を提供するのに用いられるPDUセッションは、SNPN情報の提供のために使用されるPDUセッションであってよい。言い換えると、SNPN情報を提供するのに用いるPDUセッションは、SNPN情報提供のためのPDUセッションであってよい。 The PDU session used to provide the SNPN information may be the PDU session used to provide the SNPN information. In other words, the PDU session used to provide SNPN information may be a PDU session for providing SNPN information.
 コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、ネットワークが、コントロールプレーンを介して、UEにSNPN情報を提供する手続きである。言い換えると、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEが、コントロールプレーンを介して、ネットワークからSNPN情報を取得する手続きである。 The procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure in which the network provides SNPN information to the UE via the control plane. In other words, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure for the UE to acquire SNPN information from the network via the control plane.
 具体的には、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きは、コントロールプレーン上にて送受信される制御メッセージを用いて、ネットワークからUEに、SNPN情報を提供する手続きである。 Specifically, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is a procedure for providing SNPN information from the network to the UE using control messages transmitted and received on the control plane.
 ここで、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、SNPN情報をURSP(UE Route Selection Policy)に含めて、UEに送信することで、UEにSNPN情報を提供してもよい。さらに、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、SNPN情報をPCO(Protocol Configuration Options)、又はePCO(Extended Protocol Configuration Options)に含めて、UEに送信することで、UEにSNPN情報を提供してもよい。 Here, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the SNPN information may be provided to the UE by including the SNPN information in the URSP (UE Route Selection Policy) and transmitting it to the UE. Furthermore, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the SNPN information is included in the PCO (Protocol Configuration Options) or ePCO (Extended Protocol Configuration Options) and sent to the UE, so that the SNPN information can be sent to the UE. May be provided.
 言い換えると、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、UEは、URSPに含まれたSNPN情報を、ネットワークから受信することで、UEにSNPN情報を取得してもよい。コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを使用する場合、UEは、PCO、又はePCOに含まれたSNPN情報を、ネットワークから受信することで、UEにSNPN情報を取得してもよい。 In other words, when using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the UE may acquire the SNPN information from the UE by receiving the SNPN information contained in the URSP from the network. When using the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the UE may acquire the SNPN information from the UE by receiving the SNPN information contained in the PCO or the ePCO from the network.
 尚、URSPは、UEポリシー管理コマンドメッセージ(MANAGE UE POLICY COMMAND message)に含まれる情報要素であってよい。さらに、PCOは、SMメッセージ(Session Management message)に含まれる情報要素であってよい。さらに、ePCOは、SMメッセージ(Session Management message)に含まれる情報要素であってよい。 Note that the URSP may be an information element included in the UE policy management command message (MANAGE UE POLICY COMMAND message). Further, the PCO may be an information element included in the SM message (Session Management message). Further, the ePCO may be an information element included in the SM message (Session Management message).
 さらに、UEポリシー管理コマンドメッセージは、PCFとUEとの間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージは、UEとSMFとの間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立受信メッセージ(PDU SESSION ESTABLISHMENT ACCEPT message)、PDUセッション変更コマンドメッセージ(PDU SESSION MODIFICATION COMMAND message)、PDUセッション解放コマンドメッセージ(PDU SESSION RELEASE COMMAND message)等が含まれてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE policy management command message may be a control message sent and received between the PCF and the UE. Further, the SM message may be a control message sent and received between the UE and the SMF. Further, the SM message includes a PDU session establishment reception message (PDU SESSION ESTABLISHMENT ACCEPT message), a PDU session change command message (PDU SESSION MODIFICATION COMMAND message), a PDU session release command message (PDU SESSION RELEASE COMMAND message), and the like. May be good.
 第1のリストは、一又は複数の、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストである。第1のリストは、一又は複数のネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストであってもよい。言い換えると、第1のリストは、一又は複数のネットワークを識別する情報によって構成されるセットであってもよい。 The first list is a list that contains information that identifies one or more networks for which the onboarding service is unavailable. The first list may be a list containing information that identifies one or more networks. In other words, the first list may be a set of information that identifies one or more networks.
 ここで、前記ネットワークを識別する情報によって識別されるネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークであってよい。さらに、前記ネットワークを識別する情報によって識別されるネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていないネットワークであってもよい。さらに、前記ネットワークを識別する情報によって識別されるネットワークは、PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)であってもよいし、SNPN(Stand-alone Non-Public Network)であってもよい。 Here, the network identified by the information that identifies the network may be a network for which the onboarding service cannot be used. Further, the network identified by the information identifying the network may be a network that does not support the onboarding service. Further, the network identified by the information that identifies the network may be PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or SNPN (Stand-alone Non-Public Network).
 さらに、ネットワークを識別する情報は、PLMNを識別する情報であってもよいし、SNPNを識別する情報であってもよい。言い換えると、ネットワークを識別する情報は、PLMN ID、及び/又はSNPN IDであってもよい。さらに、ネットワークを識別する情報は、PLMN identity、及び/又はSNPN identityであってもよい。 Further, the information that identifies the network may be information that identifies PLMN or information that identifies SNPN. In other words, the information that identifies the network may be a PLMN ID and / or an SNPN ID. Further, the information that identifies the network may be PLMN identity and / or SNPN identity.
 さらに、第1のリストは、UEにSNPN情報が提供されるまでの間、管理されてもよい。言い換えると、第1のリストは、UEへのSNPN情報の提供に基づいて、解放されてもよい。さらに、第1のリストは、非登録手続き手続きの実行に基づいて、解放されてもよい。 Furthermore, the first list may be managed until the SNPN information is provided to the UE. In other words, the first list may be freed based on the provision of SNPN information to the UE. In addition, the first list may be released based on the execution of the non-registration procedure.
 さらに、第1のリストは、電源オフ、及び/又はSIMの取り出しに基づいて、解放されてもよい。さらに、第1のリストは、タイマーの満了に基づいて、解放されてもよい。 Furthermore, the first list may be released based on power off and / or SIM retrieval. In addition, the first list may be released based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、第1のリストは、アクセス毎に管理されてもよい。具体的には、第1のリストは、3GPPアクセス用のリストと、non-3GPPアクセス用のリストとに分けて管理されてもよい。 Furthermore, the first list may be managed for each access. Specifically, the first list may be managed separately as a list for 3GPP access and a list for non-3GPP access.
 第1の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみを示す情報である。さらに、第1の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみの要求を示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションの要求を示す情報であってもよい。尚、第1の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが設定されたリクエストタイプによって実現されてもよい。 The first identification information is information indicating only the onboarding service. Further, the first identification information may be information indicating a request only for the onboarding service. Further, the first identification information may be information indicating a registration request that can be used only by the onboarding service. The first identification information may be realized by the request type for which the onboarding service is set.
 さらに、第1の識別情報は、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示す情報であってもよい。第1の識別情報は、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5GでのUEの能力を示す、5GMM能力情報要素 (5GMM capability information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 Further, the first identification information may be information indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service. The first identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports registrations available only for onboarding services, or information indicating that the UE does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. May be. Further, the first identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service. Here, the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is a bit that constitutes the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
 さらに、第1の識別情報は、デフォルトUE証明書であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、UEを識別する情報であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、デフォルト証明書サーバーを識別する情報であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、接続したいネットワークを識別する情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, the first identification information may be the default UE certificate. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the UE. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the default certificate server. Further, the first identification information may be information that identifies the network to be connected to.
 さらに、第1の識別情報は、UEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the first identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
 第2の識別情報は、UEがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す情報である。第2の識別情報は、UEがユーザープレーン(UP)を介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、UEがコントロールプレーン(CP)を介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第2の識別情報は、UEがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、UEがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットは、5GでのUEの能力を示す、5GMM能力情報要素 (5GMM capability information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The second identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE. The second identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the UE may acquire SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating support. Further, the second identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE. Here, the bit indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the UE may be a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G.
 さらに、第2の識別情報は、第3の識別情報が示す意味と第4の識別情報が示す意味とを含む情報であってもよい。さらに、第2の識別情報は、第3の識別情報と第4の識別情報とによって構成される情報であってもよい。 Further, the second identification information may be information including the meaning indicated by the third identification information and the meaning indicated by the fourth identification information. Further, the second identification information may be information composed of the third identification information and the fourth identification information.
 さらに、第2の識別情報は、UEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the second identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
 第3の識別情報は、UEがユーザープレーン(UP)を介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第3の識別情報は、UEがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、UEがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第3の識別情報は、UEがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、UEがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5GでのUEの能力を示す、5GMM能力情報要素(5GMM capability information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The third identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP). The third identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane, or information indicating that the UE does not support acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane. May be. Further, the third identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane. Here, the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane is a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
 さらに、第3の識別情報は、UEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the third identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
 第4の識別情報は、UEがコントロールプレーン(CP)を介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第4の識別情報は、UEがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、UEがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第4の識別情報は、UEがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、UEがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の取得をサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5GでのUEの能力を示す、5GMM能力情報要素 (5GMM capability information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The fourth identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane (CP). The fourth identification information may be information indicating that the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane, or information indicating that the UE does not support acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane. It may be. Further, the fourth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the UE supports acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane. Here, the bit indicating whether or not the UE supports the acquisition of SNPN information via the control plane is a bit constituting the 5GMM capability information element, which indicates the capability of the UE in 5G. You may.
 さらに、第4の識別情報は、UEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the fourth identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
 第5の識別情報は、UEが要求するSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す情報である。第5の識別情報は、UEがユーザープレーン(UP)を介したSNPN情報の取得を要求することを示す情報であってもよいし、UEがコントロールプレーン(CP)を介したSNPN情報の取得を要求することを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第5の識別情報は、UEが要求するSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、UEが要求するSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットは、5GS更新タイプ情報要素 (5GS update type information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The fifth identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information requested by the UE. The fifth identification information may be information indicating that the UE requests acquisition of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the UE may acquire SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating that the request is made. Further, the fifth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of the procedure for providing the SNPN information requested by the UE. Here, the bit indicating the type of the SNPN information provision procedure requested by the UE may be a bit constituting the 5GS update type information element.
 さらに、第5の識別情報は、UEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the fifth identification information may be information selected and determined based on the setting of the UE and / or the state of the UE and / or the user policy and / or the request of the application.
 第11の識別情報は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第11の識別情報は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第11の識別情報は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5Gでのネットワークの能力を示す、5GSネットワーク機能サポート情報要素 (5GS network feature support information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The eleventh identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service. The eleventh identification information may be information indicating that the network supports registrations available only for onboarding services, or information indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. It may be. Further, the eleventh identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service. Here, a bit indicating whether or not the network supports registration that can be used only by the onboarding service constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
 さらに、第11の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されたか否かを示す情報であってもよい。第11の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されたことを示す情報であってもよいし、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第11の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されたか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。 Further, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating whether or not registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted. The eleventh identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted, or information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted. There may be. Further, the eleventh identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted.
 さらに、第11の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 In addition, the eleventh identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
 第12の識別情報は、ネットワークがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す情報である。第12の識別情報は、ネットワークがユーザープレーン(UP)を介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがコントロールプレーン(CP)を介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、ネットワークがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、ネットワークがサポートするSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示すビットは、5Gでのネットワークの能力を示す、5GSネットワーク機能サポート情報要素 (5GS network feature support information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The twelfth identification information is information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network. The twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane (UP), or the network may provide SNPN information via the control plane (CP). It may be information indicating support. Further, the twelfth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network. Here, even if the bit indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network is a bit constituting the 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. good.
 さらに、第12の識別情報は、ユーザープレーンを介してSNPN情報が提供されることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供がサポートされていることを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the user plane. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the user plane is supported.
 さらに、第12の識別情報は、コントロールプレーンを介してSNPN情報が提供されることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供がサポートされていることを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the control plane. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the control plane is supported.
 さらに、第12の識別情報は、第13の識別情報が示す意味と第14の識別情報が示す意味とを含む情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、第13の識別情報と第14の識別情報とによって構成される情報であってもよい。 Further, the twelfth identification information may be information including the meaning indicated by the thirteenth identification information and the meaning indicated by the fourteenth identification information. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information composed of the thirteenth identification information and the fourteenth identification information.
 さらに、第12の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第2から5の識別情報の内、一つ以上の識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the twelfth identification information is one or more identification information among the second to fifth identification information received by the network, and / or information associated with NSI, and / or network capability information. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
 第13の識別情報は、ネットワークがユーザープレーン(UP)を介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第13の識別情報は、ネットワークがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報は、ネットワークがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、ネットワークがユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5Gでのネットワークの能力を示す、5GSネットワーク機能サポート情報要素 (5GS network feature support information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The thirteenth identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane (UP). The thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane, or information indicating that the network does not support the provision of SNPN information via the user plane. It may be. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane. Here, a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the user plane constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
 さらに、第13の識別情報は、ユーザープレーンを介してSNPN情報が提供されることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報は、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供がサポートされていることを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the user plane. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the user plane is supported.
 さらに、第13の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第2から5の識別情報の内、一つ以上の識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the thirteenth identification information is one or more identification information among the second to fifth identification information received by the network, and / or information associated with NSI, and / or network capability information. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
 第14の識別情報は、ネットワークがコントロールプレーン(CP)を介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第14の識別情報は、ネットワークがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートすることを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報は、ネットワークがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示すビットによって実現されてもよい。ここで、ネットワークがコントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供をサポートするか否かを示すビットは、5Gでのネットワークの能力を示す、5GSネットワーク機能サポート情報要素 (5GS network feature support information element) を構成するビットであってもよい。 The 14th identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane (CP). The fourteenth identification information may be information indicating that the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane, or information indicating that the network does not support the provision of SNPN information via the control plane. It may be. Further, the 14th identification information may be realized by a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane. Here, a bit indicating whether or not the network supports the provision of SNPN information via the control plane constitutes a 5GS network feature support information element, which indicates the ability of the network in 5G. It may be a bit to do.
 さらに、第14の識別情報は、コントロールプレーンを介してSNPN情報が提供されることを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報は、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供がサポートされていることを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 14th identification information may be information indicating that the SNPN information is provided via the control plane. Further, the 14th identification information may be information indicating that the provision of SNPN information via the control plane is supported.
 さらに、第14の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第2から5の識別情報の内、一つ以上の識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the 14th identification information is one or more identification information among the 2nd to 5th identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capacity information of the network. And / or the information may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the network status and / or the user's registration information and the like.
 第21の識別情報は、登録手続きが拒絶された理由を示す理由値である。第21の識別情報は、5GSM(5GS Session Management)理由値であってよい。 The 21st identification information is a reason value indicating the reason why the registration procedure was rejected. The 21st identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
 ここで、前記理由値は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示してもよい。言い換えると、前記理由値は、オンボーディングサービスが許可されていないことを示してもよい。さらに、前記理由値は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されていないことを示してもよい。 Here, the reason value may indicate that the onboarding service cannot be used. In other words, the reason value may indicate that the onboarding service is not allowed. Further, the reason value may indicate that registrations available only for onboarding services are not allowed.
 さらに、前記理由値は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスをサポートしないことを示してもよい。前記理由値は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示してもよい。 Furthermore, the reason value may indicate that the network does not support the onboarding service. The reason value may indicate that the network does not support registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
 さらに、前記理由値は、オンボーディングサービスのみの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。さらに、前記理由値は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。 Further, the reason value may indicate that the request for the onboarding service only has been rejected. Further, the reason value may indicate that the request for registration that can only be used for the onboarding service has been rejected.
 さらに、第21の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す情報であってもよい。言い換えると、第21の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第21の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service cannot be used. In other words, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service is not permitted. Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted.
 さらに、第21の識別情報は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスをサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。第21の識別情報は、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the network does not support the onboarding service. The 21st identification information may be information indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
 さらに、第21の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみの要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第21の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションの要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the request for the onboarding service only has been rejected. Further, the 21st identification information may be information indicating that the request for registration that can be used only by the onboarding service has been rejected.
 さらに、第21の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 In addition, the 21st identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
 第31の識別情報は、非登録手続きが開始された理由を示す理由値である。第31の識別情報は、5GSM(5GS Session Management)理由値であってよい。 The 31st identification information is a reason value indicating the reason why the non-registration procedure was started. The 31st identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
 具体的には、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が成功したことを示す情報であってもよい。逆に、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が失敗したことを示す情報であってもよい。 Specifically, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been successful. On the contrary, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が完了したことを示す情報であってもよい。より詳細には、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が正常に完了したことを示す情報であってもよい。言い換えると、第31の識別情報は、UEがSNPNの情報を取得済みであることを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがSNPNの情報を提供済みであることを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been completed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has been completed normally. In other words, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the UE has acquired the SNPN information, or may be information indicating that the network has provided the SNPN information. ..
 逆に、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が失敗したことを示す情報であってもよい。より詳細には、第31の識別情報は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又はSNPN情報の取得が正常に完了しなかったことを示す情報であってもよい。言い換えると、第31の識別情報は、UEがSNPNの情報を取得できなかったことを示す情報であってもよいし、ネットワークがSNPNの情報を提供できなかったことを示す情報であってもよい。 On the contrary, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has failed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information and / or the acquisition of the SNPN information has not been completed normally. In other words, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the UE could not obtain the SNPN information, or may be information indicating that the network could not provide the SNPN information. ..
 さらに、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す情報であってもよい。より詳細には、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが正常に完了したことを示す情報であってもよい。逆に、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが正常に完了しなかったことを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. More specifically, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed normally. On the contrary, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed normally.
 さらに、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す情報であってもよい。言い換えると、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスが許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第31の識別情報は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Further, the 31st identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service cannot be used. In other words, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that the onboarding service is not permitted. Further, the thirty-first identification information may be information indicating that registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not permitted.
 さらに、第31の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 In addition, the 31st identification information is the identification information received by the network and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network, and / Or the information may be selected and determined based on the user's registration information or the like.
 [3.2. 各実施形態で用いられる手続きの説明]
 次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。尚、各実施形態で用いられる手続きには、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)が含まれる。以下、各手続きについて説明していく。
[3.2. Explanation of procedures used in each embodiment]
Next, the procedure used in each embodiment will be described. The procedure used in each embodiment includes a registration procedure (Registration procedure), a PDU session establishment procedure (PDU session establishment procedure), and a UE setting update procedure (Generic UE configuration update procedure). Each procedure will be explained below.
 尚、各実施形態では、図2に記載されているように、HSSとUDM、PCFとPCRF、SMFとPGW-C、UPFとPGW-Uが、それぞれ同一の装置(つまり、同一の物理的なハードウェア、又は同一の論理的なハードウェア、又は同一のソフトウェア)として構成されている場合を例にとって説明する。しかし、本実施形態に記載される内容は、これらが異なる装置(つまり、異なる物理的なハードウェア、又は異なる論理的なハードウェア、又は異なるソフトウェア)として構成される場合にも適用可能である。例えば、これらの間で、直接データの送受信を行ってもよいし、AMF、MME間のN26インターフェースを介してデータを送受信してもよいし、UEを介してデータを送受信してもよい。 In each embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are each the same device (that is, the same physical device). The case where it is configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the content described in this embodiment is also applicable when they are configured as different devices (ie, different physical hardware, or different logical hardware, or different software). For example, data may be transmitted / received directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between AMF and MME, or data may be transmitted / received via UE.
 [3.2.1.登録手続き]
 まず、登録手続き (Registration procedure) について、図7を用いて説明する。登録手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。以下、本手続きとは登録手続きを指す。登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)に遷移することができる。
[3.2.1. Registration procedure]
First, the registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. 7. The registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure. The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the initiative in registering with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN. The UE can execute this procedure at any time, for example, when the power is turned on, as long as it is not registered in the network. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any time if it is in the unregistered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state). In addition, each device (particularly UE and AMF) can transition to the registration state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
 さらに、登録手続きは、ネットワークにおけるUEの位置登録情報を更新する、及び/又は、UEからネットワークへ定期的にUEの状態を通知する、及び/又は、ネットワークにおけるUEに関する特定のパラメータを更新する為の手続きであってもよい。 In addition, the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network and / or periodically notifies the network of the status of the UE from the UE and / or updates certain parameters about the UE in the network. It may be the procedure of.
 UEは、TAを跨ぐモビリティをした際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、保持しているTAリストで示されるTAとは異なるTAに移動した際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、実行しているタイマーが満了した際に本手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッションの切断や無効化が原因で各装置のコンテキストの更新が必要な際に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEのPDUセッション確立に関する、能力情報、及び/又はプリファレンスに変化が生じた場合、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UE設定更新手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。尚、UEは、これらに限らず、任意のタイミングで登録手続きを実行することができる。 The UE may start the registration procedure when it has mobility across TAs. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process when it moves to a TA that is different from the TA shown in the TA list it holds. In addition, the UE may initiate this procedure when the running timer expires. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process if there is a change in capability information and / or preferences regarding the establishment of the UE's PDU session. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on a regular basis. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of the UE setting update procedure. The UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
 さらに、UEは、登録状態であっても、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、タイマーの満了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the registration procedure on a regular basis even if it is in the registered state. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
 尚、UEのモビリティに基づいて実行される登録手続きと、定期的に実行される登録手続きとを、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きと表現してもよい。言い換えると、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、UEのモビリティに基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよく、定期的に実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、UEの設定更新に基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、ユーザデータを送受信するための通信路を確立するために実行する登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、ネットワークからの要求に基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、言い換えると、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、初期の登録手続き以外の登録手続きであってよい。以下、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きを、本手続きと表現してもよい。 Note that the registration procedure executed based on the mobility of the UE and the registration procedure executed regularly may be expressed as the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal. In other words, the registration procedure for mobility and renewal of registration may be a registration procedure performed based on the mobility of the UE, or may be a registration procedure performed periodically. Further, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure executed based on the setting update of the UE. Further, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure executed to establish a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data. Further, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure performed based on a request from the network. Further, in other words, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure other than the initial registration procedure. Hereinafter, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be referred to as this procedure.
 次に、登録手続きの各ステップを説明していく。尚、以下で説明する登録手続きは、初期の登録手続きであってもよいし、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きであってもよい。 Next, we will explain each step of the registration procedure. The registration procedure described below may be an initial registration procedure or a registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal.
 まず、UEは、AMFに登録要求(Registration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S800)(S802)(S804)、登録手続きを開始する。具体的には、UEは、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを、5G AN(又はgNB)に送信する(S800)。尚、登録要求メッセージは、NASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージはNASレイヤで処理され、RRCメッセージはRRCレイヤで処理される。尚、NASレイヤはRRCレイヤよりも上位のレイヤである。 First, the UE starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to 5GAN (or gNB) (S800). The registration request message is a NAS message. Further, the RRC message may be a control message transmitted / received between the UE and 5GAN (or gNB). In addition, NAS messages are processed in the NAS layer, and RRC messages are processed in the RRC layer. The NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
 ここで、UEは、少なくとも第1から5の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信してよい。より詳細には、UEは、少なくとも第1から5の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信することができるが、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。尚、UEは、これらの識別情報を、送信することで、UEが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Here, the UE may send one or more identification information out of at least the first to fifth identification information by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message. More specifically, the UE may send at least one of the identification information from the first to the fifth identification information by including it in the registration request message and / or the RRC message, but the control is different from these. The message may be included in the control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmitted. By transmitting these identification information, the UE may indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate a request of the UE. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 UEは、オンボーディングサービスを要求する場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションを要求する場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を要求する場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 When requesting the onboarding service, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, when requesting a registration that can be used only by the onboarding service, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしている場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE supports the onboarding service, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得が必要な場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスの実行が必要な場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が必要な場合、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Further, when it is necessary to acquire the SNPN information, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. Further, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message when it is necessary to execute the onboarding service. Further, the UE may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message when it is necessary to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしている場合、第1の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしている場合、UEがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートすることを示す第1の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the first identification information in the registration request message if it supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services. More specifically, if the UE supports onboarding services, the registration request message may include first identification information indicating that the UE supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、UEがサポートしているSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す第2の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第2の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第2の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, the registration request message may include a second identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the UE. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the registration request message indicates that the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in. In addition, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message includes a second identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be good.
 さらに、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第3の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第3の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the UE may include the third identification information in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, a request message for registering a third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be included in.
 さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第4の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第4の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the UE may include the fourth identification information in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message indicates that the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. May be included in.
 さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第4の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第4の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 In addition, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message includes a fourth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may. In addition, if the UE supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration request message may include a fourth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. good.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を要求する場合、第5の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を要求する場合、UEが要求するSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す第5の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を要求する場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを示す第5の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を要求する場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きを示す第5の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the fifth identification information in the registration request message when requesting the use of the SNPN information provision procedure. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information requested by the UE in the registration request message. More specifically, if the UE requests the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane in the registration request message. good. Further, when requesting the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the UE may include a fifth identification information indicating the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane in the registration request message.
 さらに、UEは、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めることで、登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をネットワークに示してもよい。さらに、UEは、第1から5の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めることで、登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をネットワークに要求してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may indicate to the network the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to fifth identification information in the registration request message. good. Further, the UE requests the network for the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the first to 5 identification information in the registration request message. May be good.
 また、UEは、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含めて送信することで、又は登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を送信することで、登録手続き中にPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。 The UE may also include the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) in the registration request message, or send the SM message (eg, PDU session establishment request message) together with the registration request message. The PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
 5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを受信すると、登録要求メッセージを転送するAMFを選択する(S802)。尚、5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含まれる情報に基づいて、AMFを選択することができる。5G AN(又はgNB)は、受信したRRCメッセージから登録要求メッセージを取り出し、選択したAMFに、登録要求メッセージを転送する(S804)。 When 5GAN (or gNB) receives an RRC message including a registration request message, it selects the AMF to which the registration request message is forwarded (S802). Note that 5GAN (or gNB) can select AMF based on the information contained in the registration request message and / or RRC message. 5GAN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and forwards the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
 AMFは、登録要求メッセージを受信した場合、第1の条件判別を実行することができる。第1の条件判別とは、ネットワーク(又はAMF)がUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判別するためのものである。AMFは、第1の条件判別が真の場合、図7の(A)の手続きを開始するのに対し、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、図7の(B)の手続きを開始する。 When the AMF receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination. The first conditional determination is for determining whether or not the network (or AMF) accepts the UE's request. The AMF initiates the procedure (A) in FIG. 7 if the first condition determination is true, whereas the AMF initiates the procedure (B) in FIG. 7 if the first condition determination is false.
 尚、第1の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又は登録要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。また、UEの登録先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEの要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。尚、第1の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。 The first condition determination is the reception of the registration request message and / or each identification information contained in the registration request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and It may be executed based on / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF. For example, if the network allows the UE request, the first condition determination is true, and if the network does not allow the UE request, the first condition determination may be false. Also, if the network to which the UE is registered and / or the devices in the network support the functions required by the UE, the first condition determination is true and does not support the functions required by the UE. In this case, the first condition determination may be false. Further, if the transmitted / received identification information is permitted, the first conditional determination may be true, and if the transmitted / received identification information is not permitted, the first conditional determination may be false. The condition for determining the truth of the first condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
 まず、第1の条件判別が真の場合について説明する。AMFは、図7の(A)の手続きにおいて、まず第4の条件判別を実行することができる。第4の条件判別は、AMFがSMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を実施するか否かを判別するためのものである。 First, the case where the first condition discrimination is true will be described. The AMF can first execute the fourth condition determination in the procedure (A) of FIG. The fourth condition determination is for determining whether or not the AMF sends and receives SM messages to and from the SMF.
 尚、第4の条件判別は、AMFがSMメッセージを受信したか否かに基づいて実行されてよい。また、第4の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれているかに基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、AMFがSMメッセージを受信した場合、及び/又は登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれていた場合、第4の条件判別は真であってよく、AMFがSMメッセージを受信しなかった場合、及び/又は登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれていなかった場合、第4の条件判別は偽であってよい。尚、第4の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。 The fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether or not the AMF has received the SM message. Further, the fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether the registration request message includes the SM message. For example, if the AMF received the SM message and / or if the registration request message contained the SM message, the fourth condition determination may be true and if the AMF did not receive the SM message. And / or if the registration request message does not contain an SM message, the fourth condition determination may be false. The condition for determining the truth of the fourth condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
 AMFは、第4の条件判別が真の場合には、SMFを選択し、選択されたSMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を実行するのに対し、第4の条件判別が偽の場合には、それらを実行しない(S806)。また、AMFは、第4の条件判別が真の場合であっても、SMFから拒絶を示すSMメッセージを受信した場合には、図7の(A)の手続きを中止する場合がある。このとき、AMFは、図7の(B)の手続きを開始することができる。 AMF selects SMF if the fourth condition is true and sends and receives SM messages to and from the selected SMF, whereas AMF is false if the fourth condition is false. , Do not execute them (S806). Further, even if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may cancel the procedure of FIG. 7 (A) when it receives the SM message indicating rejection from the SMF. At this time, AMF can start the procedure of (B) in FIG.
 尚、AMFは、S806において、SMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を行う際に、登録要求メッセージで受信した識別情報をSMFに通知することができる。SMFは、AMFとの間で、SMメッセージの送受信によって、AMFから受信した識別情報を取得することができる。 In S806, when sending and receiving SM messages to and from SMF, AMF can notify SMF of the identification information received in the registration request message. The SMF can acquire the identification information received from the AMF by sending and receiving SM messages to and from the AMF.
 次に、AMFは、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はSMFとの間のSMメッセージの送受信の完了に基づいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(又はgNB)を介して、UEに登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージを送信する(S808)。例えば、第4の条件判別が偽の場合、AMFは、UEからの登録要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信してもよい。また、第4の条件判別が真の場合、AMFは、SMFとの間のSMメッセージの送受信の完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信してもよい。尚、登録受諾メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 The AMF then sends the UE via 5GAN (or gNB) as a response message to the registration request message based on the receipt of the registration request message and / or the completion of sending and receiving the SM message to and from the SMF. Send a Registration accept message (S808). For example, if the fourth condition determination is false, the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on the receipt of the registration request message from the UE. Further, if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on the completion of sending and receiving the SM message to and from the SMF. The registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but it is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
 AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに少なくとも第11から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、AMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 AMF may send the registration acceptance message including at least one of the identification information of at least 11th to 14th. By transmitting these identification information, the AMF may indicate that the network supports each function, or may indicate that the UE request has been accepted. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスを許可する場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションを許可する場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を許可する場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 When permitting the onboarding service, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. Further, the network may include one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the registration is allowed to be used only by the onboarding service. Further, if the network permits the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message.
 さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしている場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network supports the onboarding service, one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. Further, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message.
 さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供が可能な場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能な場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能な場合、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Further, if the network can provide the SNPN information, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. Further, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the onboarding service can be executed. Further, the network may include one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information can be executed.
 さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしている場合、第11の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしている場合、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートすることを示す第11の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services, the eleventh identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports onboarding services, the registration acceptance message may include an eleventh identity indicating that the network supports registrations that are only available for onboarding services.
 さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、ネットワークがサポートしているSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す第12の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information, the registration acceptance message may include a twelfth identification information indicating the type of procedure for providing SNPN information supported by the network. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, a twelfth identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in. In addition, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration acceptance message includes a twelfth identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be good.
 さらに、ネットワークは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第13の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第13の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the 13th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the 13th identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. May be included in.
 さらに、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、第14の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the 14th identification information may be included in the registration acceptance message. More specifically, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the 14th identification information registration acceptance message indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be included in.
 さらに、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしている場合、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めてもよい。 In addition, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration acceptance message includes the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may. In addition, if the network supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration acceptance message may include the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. good.
 さらに、ネットワークは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めることで、登録受諾メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めることで、登録受諾メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに許可してもよい。 Furthermore, even if the network indicates to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration acceptance message by including one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. good. In addition, the network allows the UE to include the identification information contained in the registration acceptance message by including one or more of the identification information in the 11th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message. May be good.
 尚、AMFは、第11から14の識別情報の内、どの識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, AMF indicates which identification information is included in the registration acceptance message among the 11th to 14th identification information, each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and /. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
 また、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を含めて送信するか、又は登録受諾メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を送信することができる。ただし、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージの中にSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が含められており、かつ、第4の条件判別が真の場合に、実行されてもよい。また、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含められており、かつ、第4の条件判別が真の場合に、実行されてもよい。AMFは、このような送信方法を行うことにより、登録手続きにおいて、SMのための手続きが受諾されたことを示すことができる。 Further, the AMF can send the registration acceptance message including the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment acceptance message), or send the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment acceptance message) together with the registration acceptance message. However, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. Further, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included together with the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate that the procedure for SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。 AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or. It may be shown that the request of the UE has been accepted by sending the registration acceptance message based on the context held by the AMF.
 さらに、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を受信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 In addition, the AMF may send the registration acceptance message with information indicating that some UE requests have been rejected, or may send information indicating that some UE requests have been rejected. By doing so, it may indicate the reason why some requests of the UE are rejected. In addition, the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by AMF is not permitted.
 UEは、AMFから、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録受諾メッセージを受信する(S808)。UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。 UE receives a registration acceptance message from AMF via 5GAN (gNB) (S808). By receiving the registration acceptance message, the UE can recognize that the UE's request by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration acceptance message.
 UEは、さらに、登録受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、登録完了メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信することができる(S810)。尚、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ等のSMメッセージを受信した場合は、登録完了メッセージに、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージ等のSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、SMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが完了したことを示してもよい。ここで、登録完了メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 The UE can also send a registration completion message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S810). When the UE receives an SM message such as a PDU session establishment acceptance message, the UE may send the registration completion message including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message. , May indicate that the procedure for SM has been completed. Here, the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
 AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録完了メッセージを受信する(S810)。また、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、図7の(A)の手続きを完了する。 AMF receives a registration completion message via 5GAN (gNB) (S810). Further, each device completes the procedure of (A) in FIG. 7 based on the transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
 次に、第1の条件判別が偽の場合について説明する。AMFは、図7の(B)の手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(gNB)を介して、UEに登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージを送信する(S812)。ここで、登録拒絶メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 Next, the case where the first condition discrimination is false will be described. In the procedure (B) of FIG. 7, the AMF sends a registration rejection message to the UE via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S812). Here, the registration refusal message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5GAN (gNB).
 ここで、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに、少なくとも第21の識別情報を含めて送信してもよいし、第21識別情報を送信することで、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよいし、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。 Here, the AMF may send the registration refusal message including at least the 21st identification information, or may send the 21st identification information to indicate that the UE request has been rejected. However, it may indicate the reason why the UE request was rejected.
 ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスを許可しない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションを許可しない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用を許可しない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 If the network does not allow the onboarding service, the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message. In addition, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not allow registrations that can only be used by the onboarding service. In addition, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not permit the use of the SNPN information provision procedure.
 さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network does not support the onboarding service, the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message. In addition, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供が可能ではない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it is not possible to provide the SNPN information. In addition, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if the onboarding service is not executable. In addition, the network may include the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message if it is not possible to perform the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしていない場合、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしていない場合、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network does not support registrations that are only available for onboarding services, the 21st identification information may be included in the registration refusal message. More specifically, if the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services, a 21st identification refusal message indicating that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services. May be included in.
 さらに、ネットワークは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていない場合、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていない場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the network does not support the onboarding service, the registration refusal message may include the 21st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is not supported. In addition, if the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information, it may include a 21st identification information in the registration refusal message indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、ネットワークは、要求されたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていない場合、要求されたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。より詳細には、ネットワークは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていない場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていない場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めてもよい。 In addition, if the network does not support the requested SNPN information provision procedure, it may include a 21st identification in the registration refusal message indicating that it does not support the requested SNPN information provision procedure. .. More specifically, if the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it registers a 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. It may be included in the rejection message. In addition, if the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the registration refusal message will indicate that the network does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. May be included.
 さらに、ネットワークは、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めることで、登録拒絶メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めることで、登録拒絶メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに許可しなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the network may indicate to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration refusal message by including the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message. Further, the network does not have to allow the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration refusal message by including the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message.
 尚、AMFは、少なくとも第21の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, AMF may include at least the 21st identification information in the registration refusal message, each identification information received, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
 さらに、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに拒絶された理由を示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶された理由を送信することで拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示す情報を受信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, AMF may indicate that the UE request by the registration request message has been rejected by sending a registration refusal message. In addition, the AMF may send the registration refusal message with information indicating the reason for refusal, or may send the reason for refusal to indicate the reason for refusal. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request is rejected by receiving the information indicating the reason why the UE's request is rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by AMF is not permitted.
 UEは、AMFから、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録拒絶メッセージを受信する(S812)。UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。また、UEは、登録要求メッセージを送信した後、所定の期間が経過しても、登録拒絶メッセージを受信しない場合には、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。各装置は、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続き中の(B)の手続きを完了する。 UE receives a registration refusal message from AMF via 5GAN (gNB) (S812). By receiving the registration refusal message, the UE can recognize that the UE's request by the registration request message has been rejected and the contents of various identification information contained in the registration refusal message. Further, the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the registration refusal message is not received even after a predetermined period has elapsed after the registration request message is transmitted. Each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the registration refusal message.
 尚、図7の(B)の手続きは、図7の(A)の手続きを中止した場合に開始される場合もある。図7の(A)の手続きにおいて、第4の条件判別が真の場合、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ等の拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが拒絶されたことを示してもよい。その場合、UEは、さらに、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ等の拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを受信してもよいし、SMのための手続きが拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。 Note that the procedure (B) in Fig. 7 may be started when the procedure in (A) in Fig. 7 is canceled. In the procedure (A) of FIG. 7, if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may send the registration refusal message including the SM message indicating rejection such as the PDU session establishment refusal message. , The inclusion of an SM message indicating rejection may indicate that the procedure for SM has been rejected. In that case, the UE may further receive an SM message indicating rejection, such as a PDU session establishment refusal message, or may recognize that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
 各装置は、図7の(A)又は(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを完了する。尚、各装置は、図7の(A)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state)に遷移してもよいし、図7の(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state)を維持してもよいし、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態へ遷移してもよい。また、各装置の各状態への遷移は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて行われてもよく、PDUセッションの確立に基づいて行われてもよい。 Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure (A) or (B) in Fig. 7. Each device may transition to the state in which the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure (A) in FIG. 7, or the procedure in (B) in FIG. 7 is completed. Based on the above, the UE may be maintained in the state of not being registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state), or the UE may be transitioned to the state of not being registered in the network. Further, the transition of each device to each state may be performed based on the completion of the registration procedure or may be performed based on the establishment of the PDU session.
 さらに、各装置は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、コアネットワーク_Bや別のセルに対して登録手続きを実施してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the registration procedure based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, when sending and receiving information indicating that a part of the UE's request has been rejected, the reason why the UE's request has been rejected may be recognized. Further, each device may carry out this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may carry out the registration procedure for the core network_B or another cell.
 さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration refusal message based on the completion of the registration procedure, and may recognize the network decision.
 例えば、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されたことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 For example, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is permitted when it receives one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is permitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the use of the SNPN information provision procedure is permitted when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is supported when it receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is supported when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークのSNPN情報の提供が可能であることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能であることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能であることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that it is possible to provide the SNPN information of the network when receiving one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service can be executed when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the procedure for providing the SNPN information can be executed.
 さらに、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートすることを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that if it receives the eleventh identification information, it supports registrations that can only be used by the onboarding service. More specifically, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is supported if it receives an eleventh identification that indicates that the network supports registrations that are only available for the onboarding service. ..
 さらに、UEは、ネットワークがサポートしているSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure is supported when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network. More specifically, if the UE receives a twelfth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be recognized. Furthermore, the UE recognizes that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第13の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information via the user plane is supported. More specifically, if the UE receives a thirteenth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. May be recognized.
 さらに、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. More specifically, if the UE receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported. May be recognized.
 さらに、UEは、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよいし、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよいし、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていることを認識してもよい。 In addition, the UE recognizes that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. You may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO is supported. In addition, the UE recognizes that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is supported when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP. You may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP is supported.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、登録受諾メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Further, when the UE receives one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information, the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, even if the UE recognizes that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration acceptance message is permitted. good.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービス以外の機能のためのPDUセッションの確立が禁止されていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービス以外の機能のためのPDUセッションの確立が禁止されるように設定してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービス以外の機能のためのPDUセッション確立手続きが開始されないように設定してもよい。 In addition, the UE recognizes that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of a PDU session for a function other than the onboarding service is prohibited. You may. In addition, the UE is set to prohibit the establishment of a PDU session for functions other than the onboarding service when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. You may. In other words, the UE sets the PDU session establishment procedure for functions other than the onboarding service not to start when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止されていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止されるように設定してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションのためのPDUセッション確立手続きが開始されないように設定してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のためのPDUセッション確立手続きが開始されないように設定してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE recognizes that if one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is prohibited. You may. Furthermore, the UE is set so that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the establishment of the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is prohibited. May be good. In other words, if the UE receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information, the PDU session establishment procedure for the PDU session other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not started. It may be set as follows. Furthermore, the UE is set so that when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not started. You may.
 尚、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止される期間は、タイマーによって管理される期間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、タイマーの満了に基づいて、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止されないように設定してもよい。 The period during which establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be a period managed by a timer. In other words, the UE may be set so that the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is not prohibited based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止される期間は、新たな登録手続き、及び/又は非登録手続きが実行されるまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、新たな登録手続き、及び/又は非登録手続きの実行に基づいて、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止されないように設定してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the establishment of a PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be until a new registration procedure and / or a non-registration procedure is executed. In other words, the UE may be configured not to be prohibited from establishing a PDU session other than for the SNPN information provision procedure based on the execution of a new registration procedure and / or a non-registration procedure.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止される期間は、電源がオフとなるまでの間、及び/又はUSIMが取り出されるまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、電源オフ、及び/又はUSIMの取り出し基づいて、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションの確立が禁止されないように設定してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is prohibited may be until the power is turned off and / or until the USIM is taken out. In other words, the UE may be set so that the establishment of a PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information is not prohibited based on the power off and / or the retrieval of USIM.
 ここで、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションとは、通常のPDUセッションであってよい。より詳細には、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、通常のユーザデータの送受信を行うためのPDUセッションであってよい。 Here, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a normal PDU session. More specifically, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for sending and receiving normal user data.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、オンボーディングサービス用以外のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、オンボーディングサービス以外の機能のためのPDUセッションであってもよい。 Furthermore, the PDU session other than for the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session other than for the onboarding service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for a function other than the onboarding service.
 例えば、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、IMSサービス用のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、緊急サービス用のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、LADN用のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、CIoT用のPDUセッションであってもよい。 For example, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for the IMS service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for emergency service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for LADN. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for CIoT.
 言い換えると、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、IMSサービスのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、緊急サービスのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、LADNのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、CIoTのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。 In other words, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for the IMS service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for emergency service. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for LADN. Further, the PDU session other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session for CIoT.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のためのPDUセッション確立手続きは、IMSサービスのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のためのPDUセッション確立手続きは、緊急サービスのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のためのPDUセッション確立手続きは、LADNのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のためのPDUセッション確立手続きは、CIoTのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。 Furthermore, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for the IMS service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be a PDU session establishment procedure for emergency services. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for LADN. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure for purposes other than the procedure for providing SNPN information may be the PDU session establishment procedure for CIoT.
 尚、上記に限らず、SNPN情報の提供手続き用以外のPDUセッションは、SNPN情報の提供手続き用に確立、使用されるPDUセッション以外のPDUセッションであればよい。 Not limited to the above, the PDU session other than the SNPN information provision procedure may be a PDU session other than the PDU session established and used for the SNPN information provision procedure.
 さらに、UEは、ネットワークがサポートしているSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、許可されたSNPN情報の提供手続きの種類を認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize the type of permitted SNPN information provision procedure when it receives the twelfth identification information indicating the type of SNPN information provision procedure supported by the network. More specifically, if the UE receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. You may recognize that. In addition, the UE recognizes that if it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第13の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is permitted. More specifically, if the UE receives a thirteenth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. You may recognize that.
 さらに、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, it may recognize that the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is permitted. More specifically, if the UE receives a 14th identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it is authorized to use the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. You may recognize that.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するか否かを決定してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始するか否かを決定してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may decide whether or not to establish a PDU session when receiving one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. In other words, the UE decides whether to initiate the PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. You may.
 例えば、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。さらに、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。さらに、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。 For example, if the UE receives one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information, the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or the PDU session. May be established. In addition, the UE may initiate a PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. A PDU session may be established. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or may establish the PDU session.
 逆に、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始しないように設定してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立しなくてもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第12の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始しないように設定してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立しなくてもよい。さらに、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始しないように設定してもよいし、PDUセッションを確立しなくてもよい。 On the contrary, even if the UE is set not to start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is received. You do not have to establish a PDU session. In addition, the UE is configured not to initiate the PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session when it receives a twelfth identification that indicates that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane. It may or may not have to establish a PDU session. Further, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may be set not to start the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing the PDU session, or may not establish the PDU session.
 さらに、UEは、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、UEは、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートすることを示す第14の識別情報を受信した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始しなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. Conversely, the UE does not have to start the PDU session establishment procedure when it receives the 14th identification information indicating that it supports the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP.
 言い換えると、UEは、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポート、及び/又は許可されている場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、UEは、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポート、及び/又は許可されている場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始しなくてもよい。 In other words, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO is supported and / or permitted. Conversely, the UE may not initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP is supported and / or permitted.
 さらに、UEは、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きを実施する場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、UEは、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きを実施する場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始しなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure when carrying out the procedure for providing SNPN information using PCO or ePCO. On the contrary, when the UE performs the procedure for providing SNPN information using URSP, it is not necessary to start the procedure for establishing a PDU session.
 ここで、前記PDUセッションは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにて用いられるPDUセッションであってよい。言い換えると、前記PDUセッションは、SNPN情報の提供手続き用のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッションは、SNPN情報の提供手続きのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。 Here, the PDU session may be a PDU session used in the procedure for providing SNPN information. In other words, the PDU session may be a PDU session for the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session may be a PDU session for the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、前記PDUセッションは、オンボーディングサービスにて用いられるPDUセッションであってもよい。言い換えると、前記PDUセッションは、オンボーディングサービス用のPDUセッションであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッションは、オンボーディングサービスのためのPDUセッションであってもよい。 Further, the PDU session may be a PDU session used in the onboarding service. In other words, the PDU session may be a PDU session for onboarding services. Further, the PDU session may be a PDU session for the onboarding service.
 さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続き用のPDUセッション確立手続きであってよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続き用のPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。 Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービス用のPDUセッション確立手続きであってよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービスのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービス用のPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。さらに、前記PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービスのためのPDUセッション確立手続きであってもよい。 Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a PDU session establishment procedure for an onboarding service.
 さらに、UEは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、非登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the timer when it receives one or more identification information among the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information. Further, the UE may start the non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、ネットワークは、第11から14の識別情報の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を送信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。さらに、ネットワークは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、非登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the network may start a timer when one or more of the identification information of the 11th to 14th identification information is transmitted. In addition, the network may initiate the non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer.
 ここで、前記タイマーは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効な期限を示すタイマーであってよい。言い換えると、前記タイマーは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが実行可能な期限を示すタイマーであってよい。 Here, the timer may be a timer indicating an expiration date for which registration can be used only for the onboarding service. In other words, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for executing the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが許可されないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが許可されないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not permitted when it receives the 21st identification information. In addition, the UE may recognize that upon receiving the 21st identification, registrations that are only available to the onboarding service are not allowed. In addition, the UE may recognize that it has been authorized to use the SNPN information provision procedure when it receives the 21st identification information.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information. In addition, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that when the 21st identification information is received, it is not possible to provide and / or acquire the SNPN information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed when the 21st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information cannot be executed when the 21st identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may recognize that the registration that can be used only by the onboarding service is not supported. More specifically, if the UE receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations that are only available for onboarding services, then registrations that are only available for onboarding services are not supported. May be recognized.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていないこと認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is not supported. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not supported.
 さらに、UEは、要求されたSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、要求されたSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きがサポートされていないことを認識してもよい。 In addition, if the UE receives a 21st identification that indicates that it does not support the requested SNPN information provision procedure, it may recognize that the requested SNPN information provision procedure is not supported. good. More specifically, if the UE receives a 21st identification that indicates that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane, the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane is supported. You may recognize that it is not. Furthermore, if the UE receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane, it means that the procedure for providing SNPN information via the control plane is not supported. You may recognize it.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されないことを認識してもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 21st identification information is received, the content indicated by the received identification information is not permitted.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを作成し、作成した第1のリストにネットワークの識別情報を追加してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
 より詳細には、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it receives a 21st identification that indicates it does not support the onboarding service. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
 ここで、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、UEがPLMNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。逆に、UEがSNPNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 Here, the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
 例えば、本手続きが第1のネットワークにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、本手続きが第1のPLMNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。さらに、本手続きが第1のSNPNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 For example, when this procedure is executed in the first network, the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
 尚、第1のリストが維持される期間は、タイマーによって管理される期間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、タイマーの満了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 The period in which the first list is maintained may be the period managed by the timer. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、第1のリストが維持される期間は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了するまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure.
 さらに、第1のリストが維持される期間は、オンボーディングサービスが完了するまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、オンボーディングサービスの完了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the onboarding service is completed. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of the onboarding service.
 さらに、第1のリストが維持される期間は、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が完了するまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、SNPN情報の取得完了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the provision and / or acquisition of SNPN information is completed. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
 さらに、第1のリストが維持される期間は、非登録手続き、及び/又は第2のネットワーク選択が実行されるまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、非登録手続き、及び/又は第2のネットワーク選択の実行に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the non-registration procedure and / or the second network selection is executed. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the unregistration procedure and / or the execution of the second network selection.
 さらに、第1のリストが維持される期間は、電源がオフとなるまでの間、及び/又はUSIMが取り出されるまでの間であってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、電源オフ、及び/又はUSIMの取り出し基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the period during which the first list is maintained may be until the power is turned off and / or until the USIM is taken out. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on power off and / or USIM retrieval.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行し、現在位置しているネットワークとは別のネットワークを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第1のネットワーク選択の再実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 21st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 21st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
 より詳細には、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスをサポートしていないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、ネットワークがオンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションをサポートしないことを示す第21の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 21st identification information indicating that it does not support the onboarding service. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives a 21st identification that indicates that the network does not support registrations available only for onboarding services.
 さらに、UEは、第21の識別情報を受信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。ここで、前記タイマーは、第1のリストを管理する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the timer when it receives the 21st identification information. Here, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、前記タイマーは、登録手続きを禁止する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
 尚、各識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。例えば、第11の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第11の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第12の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第13の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第14の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。さらに、第21の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第21の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。 Note that the behavior performed when each identification information is received may be performed based on the received identification information. For example, the behavior performed when the eleventh identification information is received may be performed based on the received eleventh identification information. Further, the behavior performed when the twelfth identification information is received may be performed based on the received twelfth identification information. Further, the behavior performed when the thirteenth identification information is received may be performed based on the received thirteenth identification information. Further, the behavior performed when the 14th identification information is received may be performed based on the received 14th identification information. Further, the behavior performed when the 21st identification information is received may be performed based on the received 21st identification information.
 [3.2.2. PDUセッション確立手続き]
 次に、DNに対してPDUセッションを確立するために行うPDUセッション確立手続き (PDU session establishment procedure) の概要について、図8を用いて説明する。PDUセッション確立手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。以下、本手続きとはPDUセッション確立手続きを指す。PDUセッション確立手続きは、各装置がPDUセッションを確立する為の手続きである。尚、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きが完了して登録状態となった任意のタイミングで開始することができる。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きの中で実行することができてもよい。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。
[3.2.2. PDU session establishment procedure]
Next, an outline of the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a DN will be described with reference to FIG. The PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the procedure for establishing a PDU session. The PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure for each device to establish a PDU session. Each device can start the PDU session establishment procedure at any time when the registration procedure is completed and the registration state is reached. In addition, each device may be able to execute the PDU session establishment procedure in the registration procedure. In addition, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
 尚、PDUセッション確立手続きは、UEが主導して開始される手続きであってよいし、UEが要求して開始される手続きであってよい。言い換えると、PDUセッション確立手続きは、UE要求のPDUセッション確立手続きであってよい。各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを複数回実行することにより、複数のPDUセッションを確立することができる。 The PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure initiated by the UE or a procedure requested and initiated by the UE. In other words, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a UE request PDU session establishment procedure. Each device can establish a plurality of PDU sessions by executing the PDU session establishment procedure a plurality of times.
 ここで、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。言い換えると、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADN DNNを用いたPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。 Here, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN, each device establishes a PDU session for LADN based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. You may. In other words, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure using LADN DNN, each device may establish a PDU session for LADN based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
 さらに、UEは、LADNへの接続が可能であるエリアに位置している場合、及び/又はLADN service areaに位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するために、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、UEは、LADN service areaの外に位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きの実行が禁止されていてもよい。 In addition, if the UE is located in an area where connection to LADN is possible and / or in the LADN service area, the PDU session establishment procedure is required to establish a PDU session for LADN. May start. Conversely, if the UE is located outside the LADN service area, execution of the PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN may be prohibited.
 言い換えると、各装置は、UEがLADNへの接続が可能であるエリアに位置している場合、及び/又はUEがLADN service areaに位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するために、PDUセッション確立手続きを実行してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク装置は、UEがLADN service areaの外に位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きの要求を拒絶してもよい。 In other words, each device establishes a PDU session for LADN if the UE is located in an area where it can connect to LADN and / or if the UE is located in the LADN service area. In addition, the PDU session establishment procedure may be executed. Conversely, the network appliance may reject the request for a PDU session establishment procedure to establish a PDU session for LADN if the UE is located outside the LADN service area.
 まず、UEは、5G AN(gNB)及びAMFを介して、SMFにPDUセッション確立要求(PDU session establishment request)メッセージを含むNASメッセージを送信することにより(S900)(S902)(S904)、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始する。 First, the UE sends a NAS message including a PDU session establishment request message to the SMF via 5GAN (gNB) and AMF (S900) (S902) (S904), PDU session. Start the establishment procedure.
 具体的には、UEは、N1インターフェースを介して、5G AN(gNB)を介して、AMFに、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを含むNASメッセージを送信する(S900)。尚、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを含むNASメッセージは、MMメッセージであってもよい。さらに、MMメッセージは、アップリンクNASトランスポート(UL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってもよい。ここで、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに、識別情報、及び/又は値を含めると表現した場合、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを含むMMメッセージに含めることを意味してもよい。 Specifically, the UE sends a NAS message including a PDU session establishment request message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) via the N1 interface (S900). The NAS message including the PDU session establishment request message may be an MM message. Further, the MM message may be an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS TRANSPORT) message. Here, when it is expressed that the PDU session establishment request message includes identification information and / or a value, it may mean that it is included in the MM message including the PDU session establishment request message.
 ここで、UEは、1つ以上の識別情報を、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ及び/又はNASメッセージに含めて送信することができるが、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。これらの識別情報は、これらのメッセージに含められることで、UEの要求を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。 Here, the UE may send one or more identification information by including it in a PDU session establishment request message and / or a NAS message, but a control message different from these, for example, a layer lower than the RRC layer. It may be included in the control message of (for example, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer) and transmitted. These identifications may be included in these messages to indicate the UE's request. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information.
 AMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを含むNASメッセージを受信する(S900)と、NASメッセージからPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを取り出すとともに、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの転送先としてSMFを選択する(S902)。尚、AMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、転送先のSMFを選択してもよい。 When the AMF receives the NAS message including the PDU session establishment request message (S900), it extracts the PDU session establishment request message from the NAS message and selects SMF as the forwarding destination of the PDU session establishment request message (S902). In addition, AMF is the identification information and / or subscriber information contained in the PDU session establishment request message and / or NAS message, and / or the capacity information of the network, and / or the operator policy, and / or the state of the network. And / or the transfer destination SMF may be selected based on the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
 AMFは、選択したSMFに、N11インターフェースを介して、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを転送する(S904)。 AMF forwards the PDU session establishment request message to the selected SMF via the N11 interface (S904).
 SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信(S904)すると、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報を認識する。そして、SMFは、第3の条件判別を実行する。第3の条件判別は、SMFが、UEの要求を受諾するか否かを判断する為のものである。第3の条件判別において、SMFは第3の条件判別が真であるか偽であるかを判定する。SMFは、第3の条件判別が真の場合、図8の(A)の手続きを開始し、第3の条件判別が偽の場合、図8の(B)の手続きを開始する。 When the SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message (S904), it recognizes various identification information contained in the PDU session establishment request message. Then, the SMF executes the third condition determination. The third condition determination is for the SMF to determine whether or not to accept the UE's request. In the third condition determination, the SMF determines whether the third condition determination is true or false. If the third condition determination is true, the procedure of FIG. 8 (A) is started, and if the third condition determination is false, the procedure of FIG. 8 (B) is started.
 尚、第3の条件判別は、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ、及び/又はPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第3の条件判別は真でよい。また、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第3の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、UEの接続先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEが要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第3の条件判別は真でよく、UEが要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第3の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第3の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第3の条件判別は偽でよい。尚、第3の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。 The third condition determination is the PDU session establishment request message and / or each identification information included in the PDU session establishment request message, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy. , And / or based on the state of the network, and / or the user's registration information, and / or the context held by the SMF, etc. For example, if the network allows the UE request, the third condition may be true. Also, if the network does not allow the UE request, the third condition determination may be false. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is connected and / or the devices in the network support the functions required by the UE, the third condition determination may be true and does not support the functions required by the UE. In this case, the third condition determination may be false. Further, if the transmitted / received identification information is permitted, the third condition determination may be true, and if the transmitted / received identification information is not permitted, the third condition determination may be false. The condition for determining the truth of the third condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
 次に、第3の条件判別が真の場合のステップ、すなわち図8の(A)の手続きの各ステップを説明する。SMFは、PDUセッションの確立先のUPFを選択し、選択したUPFに、N4インターフェースを介して、セッション確立要求メッセージを送信し(S906)、図8の(A)の手続きを開始する。 Next, the steps when the third condition determination is true, that is, each step of the procedure (A) in FIG. 8 will be described. The SMF selects the UPF to which the PDU session is established, sends a session establishment request message to the selected UPF via the N4 interface (S906), and starts the procedure of (A) in FIG.
 ここで、SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信に基づいて取得した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、1以上のUPFを選択してもよい。尚、複数のUPFが選択された場合、SMFは、各々のUPFに対してセッション確立要求メッセージを送信してもよい。 Here, the SMF obtains each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information acquired based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message, and / or the operator policy, and / or the network status. And / or one or more UPFs may be selected based on the user's registration information and / or the context held by the SMF. When a plurality of UPFs are selected, the SMF may send a session establishment request message to each UPF.
 UPFは、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFからセッション確立要求メッセージを受信し(S906)、PDUセッションのためのコンテキストを作成する。さらに、UPFは、セッション確立要求メッセージを受信、及び/又はPDUセッションのためのコンテキストの作成に基づいて、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFにセッション確立応答メッセージを送信する(S908)。 The UPF receives the session establishment request message from the SMF (S906) via the N4 interface and creates a context for the PDU session. In addition, the UPF receives the session establishment request message and / or sends the session establishment response message to the SMF via the N4 interface based on the creation of the context for the PDU session (S908).
 SMFは、セッション確立要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFからセッション確立応答メッセージを受信する(S908)。SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はUPFの選択、及び/又はセッション確立応答メッセージの受信に基づいて、UEに割り当てるアドレスのアドレス割り当てを行ってよい。 The SMF receives the session establishment response message from the UPF via the N4 interface as a response message to the session establishment request message (S908). The SMF may assign an address to the UE based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message and / or the selection of the UPF and / or the reception of the session establishment response message.
 SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はUPFの選択、及び/又はセッション確立応答メッセージの受信、及び/又はUEに割り当てるアドレスのアドレス割り当ての完了に基づいて、AMFを介して、UEにPDUセッション確立受諾(PDU session establishment accept)メッセージを送信する(S910)(S912)。 The SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message and / or selects the UPF and / or receives the session establishment response message and / or completes the address assignment of the address assigned to the UE. Sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to (S910) (S912).
 具体的には、SMFは、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFにPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを送信すると(S910)、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信したAMFは、N1インターフェースを介して、UEにPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを含むNASメッセージを送信する(S912)。尚、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、NASメッセージであり、PDUセッション確立要求に対する応答メッセージであってよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、N1インターフェースを、MMメッセージに含まれて送受信されてもよい。さらに、MMメッセージは、NASメッセージであってよく、ダウンリンクNASトランスポート(DL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってもよい。ここで、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに、識別情報、及び/又は値を含めると表現した場合、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを含むMMメッセージに含めることを意味してもよい。また、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、PDUセッションの確立が受諾されたことを示すことができる。 Specifically, when the SMF sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the AMF via the N11 interface (S910), the AMF that receives the PDU session establishment request message establishes a PDU session to the UE via the N1 interface. Send a NAS message containing an acceptance message (S912). The PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a NAS message and may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request. In addition, the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be sent and received by including the N1 interface in the MM message. Further, the MM message may be a NAS message or a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message. Here, when it is expressed that the PDU session establishment acceptance message includes identification information and / or a value, it may mean that it is included in the MM message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message. In addition, the PDU session establishment acceptance message can indicate that the PDU session establishment has been accepted.
 ここで、SMF及びAMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立要求によるUEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。 Here, the SMF and AMF may indicate that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been accepted by sending the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
 SMF及びAMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、SMF及びAMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 SMF and AMF may send one or more identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message. In addition, SMF and AMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information, or may indicate that the request of the UE has been accepted. Further, when a plurality of identification information is transmitted and received, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 尚、SMF及びAMFは、1つ以上の識別情報をPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, SMF and AMF indicate whether to include one or more identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, each identification information received and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy. , And / or the state of the network, and / or the user's registration information, and / or the context held by AMF, etc., may be selected and determined.
 また、SMF及びAMFは、選択した、及び/又は許可したPDUセッションIDをPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含めることができる。また、SMF及びAMFは、選択した、及び/又は許可したPDUセッションのタイプを示すPDUセッションタイプを指定することができる。PDUセッションタイプとしては、上述の通り、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、Ethernet、Unstructuredのいずれかを指定することができる。また、SMF及びAMFは、選択した、及び/又は許可したPDUセッションのSSCモードをPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含めることができる。 Also, SMF and AMF can include the selected and / or allowed PDU session ID in the PDU session establishment acceptance message. SMF and AMF can also specify a PDU session type that indicates the type of PDU session selected and / or allowed. As the PDU session type, any one of IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, Ethernet, and Unstructured can be specified as described above. The SMF and AMF can also include the SSC mode of the selected and / or allowed PDU session in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
 さらに、SMF及びAMFは、承認されたQoSルール群をPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含めることができる。尚、承認されたQoSルール群には一又複数のQoSルールが含まれてよい。さらに、本手続きにおいて、QoSフロー、及び/又はユーザプレーン無線ベアラが複数確立される場合、承認されたQoSルール群には複数のQoSルールが含まれてもよい。逆に本手続きにおいて、QoSフロー、及び/又はユーザプレーン無線ベアラが1つのみ確立される場合、承認されたQoSルール群には1つのQoSルールが含まれてもよい。 Furthermore, SMF and AMF can include the approved QoS rule group in the PDU session establishment acceptance message. The approved QoS rule group may include one or more QoS rules. Further, if a plurality of QoS flows and / or user plane radio bearers are established in this procedure, the approved QoS rule group may include a plurality of QoS rules. Conversely, if only one QoS flow and / or user plane radio bearer is established in this procedure, the approved QoS rule group may include one QoS rule.
 さらに、SMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を受信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、SMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 In addition, the SMF may send the PDU session establishment acceptance message with information indicating that some requests from the UE have been rejected, or information indicating that some requests from the UE have been rejected. May indicate why some of the UE's requests were rejected. In addition, the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF is not permitted.
 UEは、SMFからPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを受信する(S910)(S912)。具体的には、UEは、SMFからAMFに、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージが送信された後に(S910)、N1インターフェースを介して、AMFからPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを含むNASメッセージを受信する(S912)。UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを含むNASメッセージの受信に基づいて、AMFを介してSMFにPDUセッション確立完了(PDU session establishment complete)メッセージを送信してもよい(S914)(S916)。UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを受信することで、PDUセッション確立要求によるUEの要求が受諾されたことを検出することができる。 The UE receives the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the SMF (S910) (S912). Specifically, the UE receives the NAS message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the AMF via the N1 interface after the PDU session establishment acceptance message is sent from the SMF to the AMF (S910). .. The UE may send a PDU session establishment complete message to the SMF via AMF based on the receipt of the PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or the NAS message including the PDU session establishment acceptance message. (S914) (S916). By receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message, the UE can detect that the UE's request by the PDU session establishment request has been accepted.
 具体的には、UEは、N1インターフェースを介して、AMFにPDUセッション確立完了メッセージを送信する(S914)。AMFは、UEからPDUセッション確立完了メッセージを受信すると、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFにPDUセッション確立完了メッセージを送信する(S916)。 Specifically, the UE sends a PDU session establishment completion message to the AMF via the N1 interface (S914). When the AMF receives the PDU session establishment completion message from the UE, it sends the PDU session establishment completion message to the SMF via the N11 interface (S916).
 尚、AMFがSMFに送信するPDUセッション確立完了メッセージは、S910でSMFからAMFに送信されたPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージであってよい。また、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージは、NASメッセージであってよい。また、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージは、PDUセッション確立手続きが完了することを示すメッセージであればよい。 The PDU session establishment completion message sent by AMF to SMF may be a response message to the PDU session establishment acceptance message sent from SMF to AMF by S910. Further, the PDU session establishment completion message may be a NAS message. Further, the PDU session establishment completion message may be any message indicating that the PDU session establishment procedure is completed.
 SMFは、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFからPDUセッション確立完了メッセージを受信すると(S916)、第2の条件判別を実行することができる。第2の条件判別は、送受信されるN4インターフェース上のメッセージの種類を決定する為ものである。第2の条件判別が真の場合、SMFは、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFにセッション変更要求メッセージを送信すると(S918)、その応答メッセージとして、UPFから送信されるセッション変更受諾メッセージを受信する(S920)。第2の条件判別が偽の場合、SMFは、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFにセッション確立要求メッセージを送信すると(S918)、その応答メッセージとして、UPFから送信されるセッション変更受諾メッセージを受信する(S920)。 When the SMF receives the PDU session establishment completion message from the AMF via the N11 interface (S916), the SMF can execute the second condition determination. The second condition determination is to determine the type of message sent and received on the N4 interface. If the second condition determination is true, the SMF sends a session change request message to the UPF via the N4 interface (S918) and receives a session change acceptance message sent by the UPF as its response message (S918). S920). If the second condition determination is false, the SMF sends a session establishment request message to the UPF via the N4 interface (S918) and receives a session change acceptance message sent by the UPF as its response message (S918). S920).
 尚、第2の条件判別は、PDUセッションのためのN4インターフェース上のセッションが確立されているか否かに基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、PDUセッションのためのN4インターフェース上のセッションが確立されている場合、第2の条件判別は真であってよく、PDUセッションのためのN4インターフェース上のセッションが確立されていない場合、第2の条件判別は偽であってよい。尚、第2の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。 Note that the second condition determination may be executed based on whether or not a session on the N4 interface for the PDU session has been established. For example, if the session on the N4 interface for the PDU session is established, the second condition determination may be true, and if the session on the N4 interface for the PDU session is not established, the second condition is true. The condition determination of is false. The condition for determining the truth of the second condition determination is not limited to the above-mentioned condition.
 各装置は、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージの送受信、及び/又はセッション変更応答メッセージの送受信、及び/又はセッション確立応答メッセージの送受信に基づいて、PDUセッション確立手続き中の(A)の手続きを完了する。本手続中の(A)の手続きが完了したとき、UEは、DNに対するPDUセッションが確立している状態にいる。ここで、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、各装置は、本手続中の(A)の手続きの完了に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。 Each device completes the procedure (A) during the PDU session establishment procedure based on the transmission / reception of the PDU session establishment completion message and / or the transmission / reception of the session change response message and / or the transmission / reception of the session establishment response message. When the procedure (A) during this procedure is completed, the UE is in a state where a PDU session for the DN has been established. Here, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN, each device is for LADN based on the completion of procedure (A) during this procedure. PDU session may be established.
 次に、PDUセッション確立手続き中の(B)の手続きの各ステップを説明する。SMFは、AMFを介して、UEにPDUセッション確立拒絶(PDU session establishment reject)メッセージを送信する(S922)(S924)。具体的には、SMFは、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFにPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを送信する(S922)。AMFは、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFからPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信すると(S922)、N1インターフェースを用いて、UEにPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを送信する(S924)。 Next, each step of the procedure (B) during the PDU session establishment procedure will be described. The SMF sends a PDU session establishment reject message to the UE via the AMF (S922) (S924). Specifically, the SMF sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the AMF via the N11 interface (S922). When the AMF receives a PDU session establishment request message from the SMF via the N11 interface (S922), it sends a PDU session establishment rejection message to the UE using the N1 interface (S924).
 尚、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージは、NASメッセージであってよいし、SMFからUEに対して送信されるSMメッセージであってもよい。また、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージは、PDUセッションの確立が拒絶されたことを示すメッセージであればよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージは、N1インターフェースを、MMメッセージに含まれて送受信されてもよい。さらに、MMメッセージは、NASメッセージであってよく、ダウンリンクNASトランスポート(DL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってもよい。ここで、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに、識別情報、及び/又は値を含めると表現した場合、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを含むMMメッセージに含めることを意味してもよい。 The PDU session establishment refusal message may be a NAS message or an SM message transmitted from the SMF to the UE. Further, the PDU session establishment refusal message may be any message indicating that the establishment of the PDU session has been rejected. In addition, the PDU session establishment refusal message may be sent and received by including the N1 interface in the MM message. Further, the MM message may be a NAS message or a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message. Here, when it is expressed that the PDU session establishment refusal message includes identification information and / or a value, it may mean that it is included in the MM message including the PDU session establishment refusal message.
 ここで、SMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立要求によるUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。さらに、SMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに拒絶された理由を示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶された理由を送信することで拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示す情報を受信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、SMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Here, the SMF may indicate that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been rejected by sending the PDU session establishment refusal message. In addition, the SMF may send the PDU session establishment rejection message with information indicating the reason for rejection, or may send the reason for rejection to indicate the reason for rejection. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request is rejected by receiving the information indicating the reason why the UE's request is rejected. The reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF is not permitted.
 SMF、及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに、1つ以上の識別情報、及び/又はバックオフタイマー値を含めて送信してもよいし、これらの識別情報、及び/又はバックオフタイマー値を送信することで、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよいし、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。 The SMF and / or AMF may send one or more identifications and / or backoff timer values in the PDU session establishment rejection message, these identifications, and / or the backoff timer. By sending a value, it may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected, or it may indicate why the UE's request has been rejected.
 さらに、SMF、及び/又はAMFはバックオフタイマー値を送信することで、UEに、バックオフタイマー値を送信する値に設定することを指示してもよいし、送信した値を設定したバックオフタイマーを開始することを指示してもよい。 In addition, the SMF and / or AMF may instruct the UE to set the backoff timer value to the value to be transmitted by transmitting the backoff timer value, or the backoff with the transmitted value set. You may instruct to start the timer.
 尚、SMF、及び/又はAMFは、1つ以上の識別情報をPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 It should be noted that SMF and / or AMF may include each identification information received in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and /. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the operator policy and / or the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the AMF.
 UEは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを受信することで、PDUセッション確立要求によるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及びPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。 By receiving the PDU session establishment refusal message, the UE can recognize that the UE request by the PDU session establishment request has been rejected and the contents of various identification information included in the PDU session establishment refusal message.
 各装置は、図8の(A)又は(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッション確立手続きを完了する。尚、各装置は、図8の(A)の手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションが確立された状態に遷移してもよいし、図8の(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッション確立手続きが拒絶されたことを認識してもよいし、PDUセッションが確立されていない状態に遷移してもよい。さらに、UEは、図8の(A)の手続きが完了することで、確立したPDUセッションを用いて、DNと通信することができる。 Each device completes the PDU session establishment procedure based on the completion of the procedure (A) or (B) in FIG. In addition, each device may transition to the state in which the PDU session is established based on the completion of the procedure of FIG. 8 (A), or the PDU is based on the completion of the procedure of FIG. 8 (B). You may recognize that the session establishment procedure has been rejected, or you may transition to a state where the PDU session has not been established. Furthermore, the UE can communicate with the DN using the established PDU session by completing the procedure (A) in FIG.
 さらに、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッション確立手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、各装置は、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、別のセルに対してPDUセッション確立手続きを実施してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in the PDU session establishment procedure based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. For example, if each device sends and receives information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected, it may recognize the reason why the UE's request was rejected. Further, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason why the request of the UE is rejected, or may perform the PDU session establishment procedure for another cell.
 さらに、UEは、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 In addition, the UE may store the identification information received with the PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or the PDU session establishment rejection message based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, and may recognize the network decision. good.
 さらに、UEは、バックオフタイマー値を受信した場合、バックオフタイマー値をバックオフタイマーに設定してもよいし、受信したバックオフタイマー値を設定したバックオフタイマーを開始してもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the back-off timer value, the UE may set the back-off timer value to the back-off timer, or may start the back-off timer in which the received back-off timer value is set.
 [3.2.3. 非登録手続き]
 次に、非登録手続き(De-registration procedure)について説明する。以下、非登録手続きは本手続きとも称する。非登録手続きは、UE、又はネットワークが主導して開始される手続きであり、UEの登録を解除するための手続きである。非登録手続きは、UEの状態を非登録状態にするための手続きであってもよい。
[3.2.3. Non-registration procedure]
Next, the de-registration procedure will be described. Hereinafter, the non-registration procedure is also referred to as this procedure. The non-registration procedure is a procedure initiated by the UE or the network, and is a procedure for canceling the registration of the UE. The non-registration procedure may be a procedure for changing the state of the UE to the non-registration state.
 UE、及びネットワークは、UEがネットワークに登録している状態であれば、任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UE、及びネットワークは、UEが登録状態であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、非登録状態に遷移することができる。 The UE and the network can execute this procedure at any time as long as the UE is registered in the network. In other words, the UE and the network can start this procedure at any time if the UE is in the registered state. In addition, each device (particularly UE and AMF) can transition to the non-registered state based on the completion of the registration procedure.
 さらに、AMF等のコアネットワーク内の装置は、ネットワークの設定の更新、及び/又はオペレータポリシーの更新に基づいて本手続きを開始してもよい。尚、本手続きのトリガは、UEのモビリティの検出であってもよいし、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワークの状態変化の検出であってもよいし、ネットワークスライスの状態変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、DN、及び/又はDNのアプリケーションサーバーからの要求の受信であってもよいし、ネットワークの設定の変化であってもよいし、オペレータポリシーの変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、実行しているタイマーの満了であってもよい。尚、コアネットワーク内の装置が本手続きを開始するトリガはこれらに限らない。さらに、本手続きは、各装置が5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態、及び/又は各装置が5GMM接続モードである状態であれば、任意のタイミングで実行されてよい。 Furthermore, devices in the core network such as AMF may start this procedure based on the update of network settings and / or the update of operator policy. The trigger of this procedure may be the detection of the mobility of the UE, the detection of the state change of the UE and / or the access network and / or the core network, or the state change of the network slice. It may be. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the reception of a request from the DN and / or the application server of the DN, a change in network settings, or a change in operator policy. .. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the expiration of the running timer. The triggers for the devices in the core network to start this procedure are not limited to these. Further, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and / or each device is in the 5GMM connection mode.
 さらに、本手続きのトリガは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了であってよい。言い換えると、本手続きのトリガは、SNPN情報の提供の完了であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、オンボーディングサービスの完了であってもよい。 Furthermore, the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. In other words, the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of provision of SNPN information. Further, the trigger of this procedure may be the completion of the onboarding service.
 さらに、本手続きのトリガは、タイマーの満了であってもよい。ここで、前記タイマーは、UE、及び/又はネットワークにて管理されているタイマーであってよい。より詳細には、前記タイマーは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効な期限を示すタイマーであってよい。言い換えると、前記タイマーは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが実行可能な期限を示すタイマーであってよい。 Furthermore, the trigger of this procedure may be the expiration of the timer. Here, the timer may be a timer managed by the UE and / or the network. More specifically, the timer may be a timer indicating an expiration date for which registration is only available for onboarding services. In other words, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for executing the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 また、各装置は、本手続き中に、UEの登録が解除される理由を示すための識別情報、及び/又はネットワークの再選択が必要であることを示すための識別情報を含んだメッセージを送受信してもよい。さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、UEのコンテキストを解放してもよいし、ネットワークが指示する挙動を開始してもよい。 In addition, each device sends and receives a message containing identification information indicating the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled and / or identification information indicating that the network needs to be reselected during this procedure. You may. In addition, each device may release the context of the UE or initiate network-directed behavior upon completion of this procedure.
 UEは、本手続きによって送受信される制御情報を基に、UEの登録が解除される理由を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの登録が解除される理由の認識に伴って、UEのコンテキストを解放してもよいし、ネットワークの再選択を開始してもよい。言い換えると、コアネットワーク内の装置は、本手続きを主導すること、さらには本手続きの制御メッセージ及び制御情報をUEに送信することより、UEの登録が解除される理由を、UEに認識させてもよい。さらに、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEの登録が解除される理由を認識させることで、UEのコンテキストを解放させてもよいし、UEにネットワークの再選択を開始させてもよい。 The UE may recognize the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled based on the control information sent and received by this procedure. In addition, the UE may release the context of the UE or initiate network reselection as it recognizes why the UE is unregistered. In other words, the device in the core network leads the procedure and also sends the control message and control information of the procedure to the UE to make the UE aware of the reason why the UE is deregistered. May be good. Further, the device in the core network may release the context of the UE by recognizing the reason why the UE is unregistered, or may cause the UE to start reselecting the network.
 尚、非登録手続きには、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きと、UE主導の非登録手続きとがある。ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きと、UE主導の非登録手続きとについて、下記にて説明していく。 The non-registration procedure includes a network-led non-registration procedure and a UE-led non-registration procedure. The network-led non-registration procedure and the UE-led non-registration procedure will be explained below.
 [3.2.3.1. ネットワーク主導の非登録手続き]
 まず、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続き(Network-initiated de-registration procedure)について、図9を用いて説明する。以下、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きは本手続きとも称する。ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きは、非登録手続きの内、ネットワークが主導して開始される手続きである。以下、本手続きの各ステップについて、説明していく。
[3.2.3.1. Network-led non-registration procedure]
First, the network-initiated de-registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, the network-led non-registration procedure is also referred to as this procedure. The network-led non-registration procedure is a network-led procedure among the non-registration procedures. Each step of this procedure will be explained below.
 まず、AMFは、5G AN(又はgNB)を介してUEに、非登録要求(Deregistration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S900)、非登録手続きを開始する。 First, AMF starts the non-registration procedure by sending a deregistration request message to the UE via 5GAN (or gNB) (S900).
 AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに少なくとも第31の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、AMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、UEの登録が解除される理由を示してもよいし、ネットワークの再選択が必要であることを示してもよい。さらに、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 AMF may send the registration acceptance message with at least the 31st identification information. By transmitting these identification information, the AMF may indicate the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled, or may indicate that the network needs to be reselected. Further, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not completed. Further, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not completed.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供が成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is successful. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the SNPN information is successfully provided.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service fails. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision of SNPN information fails.
 さらに、AMFは、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message when the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to provide the SNPN information. In addition, the AMF may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not executable. In addition, AMF may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to carry out the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, when the onboarding service is completed, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed in the non-registration request message. Further, when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed, AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is not completed, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed in the non-registration request message. Furthermore, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed, AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has not been completed in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供が成功した場合、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is successful, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the provision of SNPN information is successful, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗した場合、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service fails, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the provision of SNPN information fails, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、AMFは、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、AMFは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired, the AMF may include the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired in the non-registration request message. In addition, the AMF will include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid if the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
 さらに、AMFは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めることで、非登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めることで、非登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに許可しなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may indicate to the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. Further, the AMF does not have to allow the UE the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message.
 尚、AMFは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, AMF may include each identification information received, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or whether to include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by AMF.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージを送信することで、UEのコンテキストの解放の要求を示してもよい。 AMF also receives each identification information and / or subscriber information and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or. A request to release the context of the UE may be indicated by sending a non-registration request message based on the context held by the AMF.
 UEは、5G AN(gNB)介して、非登録要求メッセージを受信する(S900)。UEは、非登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は非登録要求メッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、UEの登録が解除される理由を認識してもよいし、ネットワークの再選択を実施してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録要求メッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、非登録受諾(Deregistration accept)メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信してもよい(S902)。 UE receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB) (S900). The UE may recognize the reason why the UE is unregistered and may perform network reselection based on the non-registration request message and / or the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. .. In addition, the UE sends a Deregistration accept message to AMF via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the non-registration request message based on the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. May be good (S902).
 AMFは、UEが非登録受諾メッセージを送信した場合、5G AN(gNB)介して、非登録受諾メッセージを受信する(S902)。また、各装置は、非登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は非登録受諾メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。 When the UE sends a non-registration acceptance message, AMF receives the non-registration acceptance message via 5GAN (gNB) (S902). In addition, each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the non-registration request message and / or the non-registration acceptance message.
 なお、上記に示すUEが各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。 In addition, each process that the UE shown above executes based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during this procedure or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
 さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、設定情報に対する更新情報を送受信した場合、各装置は、UEのコンテキストを解放してもよい。さらに、ネットワークの再選択、及び/又は登録手続きの実行が必要であることを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、ネットワークの再選択、及び/又は登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may release the context of the UE. In addition, if the UE sends and receives information indicating that the network needs to be reselected and / or the registration procedure must be performed, the UE initiates the network reselection and / or registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure. You may.
 さらに、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may store the identification information received with the non-registration request message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision.
 例えば、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを認識してもよい。 For example, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しかた否かを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したか否かを判断してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether or not the onboarding service has been completed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether or not the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the onboarding service has succeeded or failed. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE may recognize that upon receiving the 31st identification, the registration, which is only available to the onboarding service, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is received, it is not possible to provide and / or acquire the SNPN information. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed when the 31st identification information is received. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information cannot be executed when the 31st identification information is received.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを認識してもよい。 Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。 Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has succeeded. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗したことを認識してもよい。 Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired, it may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE recognizes that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されないことを認識してもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is received, the content indicated by the received identification information is not permitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストをから削除してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, the UE may remove the network identification information from the 1st list.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 More specifically, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed, the first list may be released or deleted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得が完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may release or delete the first list when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the acquisition of the SNPN information is completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得に成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may release or delete the first list if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
 ここで、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、UEがPLMNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。逆に、UEがSNPNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 Here, the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
 例えば、本手続きが第1のネットワークにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、本手続きが第1のPLMNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。さらに、本手続きが第1のSNPNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 For example, when this procedure is executed in the first network, the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行し、ターゲットのSNPNを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第2のネットワーク選択の実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may execute the second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may perform a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may perform a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may execute a second network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it receives a thirty-first identification that indicates a successful provision of SNPN information.
 逆に、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のリストを作成し、作成した第1のリストにネットワークの識別情報を追加してもよい。 Conversely, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list when it receives a thirty-first identification indicating that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了してない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了していない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得が完了していない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service has not been completed. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is not completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得に失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service fails. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
 ここで、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、UEがPLMNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。逆に、UEがSNPNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 Here, the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
 例えば、本手続きが第1のネットワークにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、本手続きが第1のPLMNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。さらに、本手続きが第1のSNPNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 For example, when this procedure is executed in the first network, the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行し、現在位置しているネットワークとは別のネットワークを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第1のネットワーク選択の再実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information. Further, when the UE receives the 31st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it receives a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を受信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。ここで、前記タイマーは、第1のリストを管理する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the timer when it receives the 31st identification information. Here, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、前記タイマーは、登録手続きを禁止する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
 尚、各識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。例えば、第31の識別情報を受信した場合に実施される挙動は、受信した第31の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。 Note that the behavior performed when each identification information is received may be performed based on the received identification information. For example, the behavior performed when the 31st identification information is received may be performed based on the received 31st identification information.
 以上の手続きにおいて、非登録要求メッセージの送受信により、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEに対して、UEが既に適用している設定情報の解放を指示することができるし、UEが実行している機能の停止又は変更を指示することができる。 In the above procedure, by sending and receiving the non-registration request message, the device in the core network can instruct the UE to release the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
 [3.2.3.2. UE主導の非登録手続き]
 まず、UE主導の非登録手続き(UE-initiated de-registration procedure)について、図10を用いて説明する。以下、UE主導の非登録手続きは本手続きとも称する。UE主導の非登録手続きは、非登録手続きの内、UEが主導して開始される手続きである。以下、本手続きの各ステップについて、説明していく。
[3.2.3.2. UE-led non-registration procedure]
First, the UE-initiated de-registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. 10. Hereinafter, the UE-led non-registration procedure is also referred to as this procedure. The UE-led non-registration procedure is a procedure that is initiated by the UE among the non-registration procedures. Each step of this procedure will be explained below.
 まず、UEは、5G AN(又はgNB)を介してAMFに、非登録要求(Deregistration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S1000)、非登録手続きを開始する。 First, the UE starts the non-registration procedure by sending a deregistration request message to AMF via 5GAN (or gNB) (S1000).
 UEは、登録受諾メッセージに少なくとも第31の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、UEは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、UEの登録が解除される理由を示してもよいし、ネットワークの再選択が必要であることを示してもよい。さらに、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 The UE may send the registration acceptance message including at least the 31st identification information. By transmitting these identification information, the UE may indicate the reason why the registration of the UE is canceled, or may indicate that the network needs to be reselected. Further, two or more identification information of these identification information may be configured as one or more identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating the request for using each function may be transmitted / received to the same identification information or may be transmitted / received as different identification information.
 UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 The UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is not completed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is not completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service fails. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the procedure for providing the SNPN information fails. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
 さらに、UEは、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE may include the 31st identification in the non-registration request message when the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではない場合、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to provide and / or obtain the SNPN information. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if the onboarding service cannot be executed. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message if it is not possible to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, when the onboarding service is completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed in the non-registration request message. Further, when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is not completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed in the non-registration request message.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功した場合、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is successful, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message. Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful in the non-registration request message if the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗した場合、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service fails, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed in the non-registration request message. Further, if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed in the non-registration request message. In addition, the UE may include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed if the provision and / or acquisition of SNPN information fails.
 さらに、UEは、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めてもよい。 Further, the UE may include the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired in the non-registration request message when the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE will include in the non-registration request message a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid if the registration that is only available to the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めることで、非登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をAMFに示してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めることで、非登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をAMFに許可しなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may indicate to the AMF the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message. Further, the UE does not have to allow AMF the content indicated by the identification information included in the non-registration request message by including the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message.
 尚、UEは、第31の識別情報を非登録要求メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 It should be noted that the UE asks whether to include the 31st identification information in the non-registration request message, each identification information received, and / or the subscriber information, and / or the network capability information, and / or the operator policy, and / or. It may be selected and determined based on the state of the network and / or the user's registration information and / or the context held by the UE.
 また、UEは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はUEの能力情報、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージを送信することで、UEのコンテキストの解放の要求を示してもよい。 In addition, the UE is the received identification information and / or the subscriber information and / or the ability information of the UE, and / or the state of the UE, and / or the registration information of the user, and / or the context held by the UE, etc. A request to release the context of the UE may be indicated by sending a non-registration request message based on.
 AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、非登録要求メッセージを受信する(S1000)。AMFは、非登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は非登録要求メッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、UEの登録が解除される理由を認識してもよい。さらに、AMFは、非登録要求メッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、非登録受諾(Deregistration accept)メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、UEに送信してもよい(S1002)。 AMF receives a non-registration request message via 5GAN (gNB) (S1000). The AMF may recognize the reason why the UE is unregistered based on the non-registration request message and / or the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. In addition, AMF sends a Deregistration accept message to the UE via 5GAN (gNB) as a response message to the non-registration request message based on the identification information contained in the non-registration request message. May be good (S1002).
 UEは、AMFが非登録受諾メッセージを送信した場合、5G AN(gNB)介して、非登録受諾メッセージを受信する(S1002)。また、各装置は、非登録要求メッセージ、及び/又は非登録受諾メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。 When AMF sends a non-registration acceptance message, the UE receives the non-registration acceptance message via 5GAN (gNB) (S1002). In addition, each device completes this procedure based on the transmission / reception of the non-registration request message and / or the non-registration acceptance message.
 なお、上記に示すAMFが各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。 In addition, each process shown above by AMF based on the reception of each identification information may be executed during or after the completion of this procedure, or may be executed based on the completion of this procedure after the completion of this procedure. good.
 さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、設定情報に対する更新情報を送受信した場合、各装置は、UEのコンテキストを解放してもよい。さらに、ネットワークの再選択、及び/又は登録手続きの実行が必要であることを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、ネットワークの再選択、及び/又は登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted / received in this procedure based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when the update information for the setting information is transmitted and received, each device may release the context of the UE. In addition, if the UE sends and receives information indicating that the network needs to be reselected and / or the registration procedure must be performed, the UE initiates the network reselection and / or registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure. You may.
 さらに、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、非登録要求メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may store the identification information received with the non-registration request message based on the completion of this procedure, or may recognize the network decision.
 例えば、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを認識してもよい。 For example, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しかた否かを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したか否かを判断してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may determine whether or not the onboarding service has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may determine whether or not the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service was successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したか、失敗したかを判断してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may determine whether the onboarding service succeeded or failed when the 31st identification information was transmitted. Further, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful. Further, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may determine whether the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful or unsuccessful.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired when the 31st identification information is transmitted. In addition, the UE may recognize that the registration, which is only available to the onboarding service, is no longer valid when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きの実行が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that it is not possible to provide and / or obtain the SNPN information when the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service cannot be executed if the 31st identification information is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that it is not possible to execute the procedure for providing the SNPN information when the 31st identification information is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has been completed when it transmits the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has been completed is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを認識してもよい。 Further, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has not been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed when the 31st identification information indicating that the SNPN information provision procedure has not been completed is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が成功したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has succeeded when it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has succeeded. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful when the third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has been successful is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information is successful when the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、SNPN情報の提供、及び/又は取得が失敗したことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may recognize that the onboarding service has failed when it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may recognize that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed when the third identification information indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information has failed is transmitted. Further, the UE may recognize that the provision and / or acquisition of the SNPN information has failed when the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information has failed is transmitted.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、UE、及び/又はネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了したことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired, the UE may recognize that the timer managed by the UE and / or the network has expired. In addition, the UE recognizes that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the registration available only for the onboarding service is no longer valid. You may.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、送信した識別情報が示す内容を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、送信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されないことを認識してもよい。 Further, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, the UE may recognize the content indicated by the transmitted identification information. Further, the UE may recognize that when the 31st identification information is transmitted, the content indicated by the transmitted identification information is not permitted.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストをから削除してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE sends the 31st identification information, the 1st list may be released or deleted. In addition, the UE may remove the network identification information from the first list if it sends the 31st identification information.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 More specifically, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is completed, the 1st list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed, the first list may be released or deleted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of the SNPN information is successful, the first list may be released or deleted.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得が完了している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may release or delete the first list when the onboarding service is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the procedure for providing the SNPN information is completed. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list when the acquisition of the SNPN information is completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得に成功している場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may release or delete the first list if the onboarding service is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful. Further, the UE may release or delete the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is successful.
 さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストをから削除してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the non-registration acceptance message, the first list may be released or deleted. In addition, the UE may remove the network identification information from the first list when it receives an unregistered acceptance message.
 ここで、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、UEがPLMNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。逆に、UEがSNPNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 Here, the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
 例えば、本手続きが第1のネットワークにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、本手続きが第1のPLMNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。さらに、本手続きが第1のSNPNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 For example, when this procedure is executed in the first network, the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行し、ターゲットのSNPNを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第2のネットワーク選択の実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may execute the second network selection when the 31st identification information is transmitted. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN if it has transmitted the 31st identification information. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has been completed. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が成功したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification piece indicating that the procedure for providing SNPN information was successful. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification piece indicating that the SNPN information has been successfully provided.
 さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第2のネットワーク選択を実行し、ターゲットのSNPNを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第2のネットワーク選択の実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may execute a second network selection when it receives the non-registration acceptance message. In addition, the UE may perform a second network selection and select the target SNPN when it receives the unregistered acceptance message. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after completing the execution of the second network selection.
 逆に、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のリストを作成し、作成した第1のリストにネットワークの識別情報を追加してもよい。 Conversely, if the UE sends the 31st identification information, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, when the UE sends the 31st identification information, the UE may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 More specifically, if the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. Further, if the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if it sends a thirty-first identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE sends the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired, the UE may add the network identification information to the 1st list. In addition, the UE may add the network identification to the first list if it sends a thirty-first identification indicating that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了してない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了していない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得が完了していない場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service has not been completed. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information is not completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の取得に失敗した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the onboarding service fails. In addition, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails. Further, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list if the acquisition of the SNPN information fails.
 さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、ネットワークの識別情報を第1のリストに追加してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第1のリストを作成し、作成した第1のリストにネットワークの識別情報を追加してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may add the network identification information to the first list when it receives the unregistered acceptance message. Further, when the UE receives the unregistered acceptance message, it may create a first list and add the network identification information to the created first list.
 ここで、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、UEがPLMNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。逆に、UEがSNPNに位置している場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、UEが現在位置しているSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 Here, the network identification information may be information that identifies the network in which the UE is currently located. More specifically, when the UE is located on the PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the PLMN on which the UE is currently located. Conversely, when the UE is located in the SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the SNPN in which the UE is currently located.
 例えば、本手続きが第1のネットワークにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のネットワークを識別する情報であってよい。より詳細には、本手続きが第1のPLMNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のPLMNを識別する情報であってよい。さらに、本手続きが第1のSNPNにおいて実行された場合、前記ネットワークの識別情報は、第1のSNPNを識別する情報であってよい。 For example, when this procedure is executed in the first network, the identification information of the network may be the information for identifying the first network. More specifically, when this procedure is executed in the first PLMN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first PLMN. Further, when this procedure is executed in the first SNPN, the network identification information may be information that identifies the first SNPN.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行し、現在位置しているネットワークとは別のネットワークを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第1のネットワーク選択の再実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE transmits the 31st identification information, the UE may re-execute the 1st network selection. Further, if the UE transmits the 31st identification information, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
 より詳細には、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 More specifically, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has not been completed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has not been completed.
 さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、SNPN情報の提供が失敗したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the onboarding service has failed. Further, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the procedure for providing the SNPN information has failed. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the provision of SNPN information has failed.
 さらに、UEは、タイマーが満了したことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなったことを示す第31の識別情報を送信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends the 31st identification information indicating that the timer has expired. In addition, the UE may re-execute the first network selection if it sends a thirty-first identification that indicates that the registration, which is only available for onboarding services, is no longer valid.
 さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行し、現在位置しているネットワークとは別のネットワークを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、第1のネットワーク選択の再実行の完了後、選択した新しいネットワークにて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may re-execute the first network selection when it receives the non-registration acceptance message. Further, when the UE receives the unregistered acceptance message, it may re-execute the first network selection and select a network different from the network in which it is currently located. In addition, the UE may initiate the registration process on the new network of choice after the re-execution of the first network selection is complete.
 さらに、UEは、第31の識別情報を送信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、非登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、タイマーを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may start the timer when the 31st identification information is transmitted. In addition, the UE may start a timer when it receives an unregistered acceptance message.
 ここで、前記タイマーは、第1のリストを管理する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、第1のリストを、解放してもよいし、削除してもよい。 Here, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for managing the first list. In other words, the UE may release or delete the first list based on the expiration of the timer.
 さらに、前記タイマーは、登録手続きを禁止する期限を示すタイマーであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、前記タイマーの満了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Further, the timer may be a timer indicating a deadline for prohibiting the registration procedure. In other words, the UE may initiate the registration process based on the expiration of the timer.
 尚、各識別情報を送信した場合に実施される挙動は、送信した識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。例えば、第31の識別情報を送信した場合に実施される挙動は、送信した第31の識別情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。 Note that the behavior performed when each identification information is transmitted may be performed based on the transmitted identification information. For example, the behavior performed when the 31st identification information is transmitted may be performed based on the transmitted 31st identification information.
 以上の手続きにおいて、非登録要求メッセージの送受信により、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEに対して、UEが既に適用している設定情報の解放を指示することができるし、UEが実行している機能の停止又は変更を指示することができる。 In the above procedure, by sending and receiving the non-registration request message, the device in the core network can instruct the UE to release the setting information already applied by the UE, and the UE is executing. You can instruct to stop or change the function.
 [4. 第1の実施形態]
 次に、第1の実施形態について説明する。以下、第1の実施形態を本実施形態と称する。本実施形態では、UEは、第1の手続きを実行する。
[4. First Embodiment]
Next, the first embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, the first embodiment will be referred to as the present embodiment. In this embodiment, the UE performs the first procedure.
 尚、UEは、第1の手続きを実行するかを、UEの設定情報、及び/又はネットワークから受信した情報、及び/又はUEのモード、及び/又はUEの能力情報に基づいて決定してもよい。 Even if the UE decides whether to execute the first procedure based on the UE setting information and / or the information received from the network, and / or the UE mode, and / or the UE capability information. good.
 [4.1. 第1の手続き]
 次に、第1の手続きについて、図6を用いて説明する。以下、第1の手続きを本手続きと称する。第1の手続きでは、まず、UEが第1のネットワーク選択を行う(S600)。次に、第1のネットワーク選択に基づいて、UEが、選択された第1のネットワークに接続し、第1のネットワークにおいて、登録手続きを開始する(S602)。次に、登録手続きの開始に基づいて、各装置が、第1のネットワークにおいて、登録手続きを行う。
[4.1. First procedure]
Next, the first procedure will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, the first procedure will be referred to as this procedure. In the first procedure, the UE first makes the first network selection (S600). Next, based on the first network selection, the UE connects to the selected first network and initiates the registration procedure on the first network (S602). Next, based on the start of the registration procedure, each device performs the registration procedure in the first network.
 ここで、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、第1のネットワークにおいて、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい(S604)。PDUセッション確立手続きが開始された場合、各装置は、第1のネットワークにおいて、PDUセッション確立手続きを行ってもよい。 Here, the UE may start the PDU session establishment procedure in the first network based on the completion of the registration procedure (S604). When the PDU session establishment procedure is started, each device may perform the PDU session establishment procedure in the first network.
 次に、登録手続きの完了、及び/又はPDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、各装置が、SNPN情報の提供手続きを行う(S606)。次に、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、各装置が、第1のネットワークにおいて、非登録手続きを行う(S608)。 Next, based on the completion of the registration procedure and / or the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure, each device performs the procedure for providing SNPN information (S606). Next, based on the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information, each device performs a non-registration procedure in the first network (S608).
 次に、非登録手続きの完了に基づいて、UEが、第2のネットワーク選択を行う(S610)。次に、第2のネットワーク選択に基づいて、UEが、選択された第2のネットワークに接続し、登録手続きを開始する(S612)。次に、登録手続きの開始に基づいて、各装置が、第2のネットワークにおいて、登録手続きを行う。以上により、第1の手続きは完了する。 Next, the UE makes a second network selection based on the completion of the non-registration procedure (S610). Next, based on the second network selection, the UE connects to the selected second network and initiates the registration process (S612). Next, based on the start of the registration procedure, each device performs the registration procedure in the second network. With the above, the first procedure is completed.
 ここで、第1のネットワークは、SNPNであってもよいし、PLMNであってもよい。さらに、第1のネットワークは、オンボーディングサービス用のネットワークであってよい。 Here, the first network may be SNPN or PLMN. Further, the first network may be a network for onboarding services.
 さらに、第2のネットワークは、SNPNであってよい。さらに、第2のネットワークは、UEが接続を試みていたネットワークであってよい。さらに、第2のネットワークは、ターゲットのSNPNであってもよい。 Furthermore, the second network may be SNPN. Further, the second network may be the network that the UE was trying to connect to. In addition, the second network may be the target SNPN.
 さらに、第2のネットワークは、第1のネットワークとは異なるネットワークであってよい。逆に、第2のネットワークは、第1のネットワークとは同じネットワークであってもよい。 Furthermore, the second network may be a different network from the first network. Conversely, the second network may be the same network as the first network.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続きは、UEとプロビジョニングサーバーとの間で実施されてもよい。ここで、プロビジョニングサーバーは、第1のネットワークに存在していてもよい。さらに、プロビジョニングサーバーは、第2のネットワークに存在していてもよい。逆に、プロビジョニングサーバーは、第1のネットワークとも第2のネットワークとも異なるネットワークに存在していてもよい。 Furthermore, the procedure for providing SNPN information may be carried out between the UE and the provisioning server. Here, the provisioning server may exist in the first network. In addition, the provisioning server may reside on the second network. Conversely, the provisioning server may reside on a different network than the first and second networks.
 さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きのためのPDUセッションを確立するための手続きであってよい。言い換えると、PDUセッション確立手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きにて用いられるPDUセッションを確立するための手続きであってよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービス用のPDUセッションを確立するための手続きであってよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きは、オンボーディングサービスにて用いられるPDUセッションを確立するための手続きであってよい。 Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session for providing SNPN information. In other words, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session used in the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session for the onboarding service. Further, the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure for establishing a PDU session used in the onboarding service.
 ここで、UEは、登録手続きにおいて送受信された識別情報に基づいて、PDUセッション確立手続きを実行するか否かを決定してもよい。例えば、UEは、登録手続きにおいて、SNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、登録手続きにおいて、ユーザープレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PCO又はePCOを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。 Here, the UE may decide whether or not to execute the PDU session establishment procedure based on the identification information sent and received in the registration procedure. For example, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure permits the use of the SNPN information provision procedure. More specifically, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure has allowed the use of the procedure for providing SNPN information via the user plane. In addition, the UE may initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that it is authorized to use the SNPN information provision procedure using PCO or ePCO.
 逆に、UEは、登録手続きにおいて、コントロールプレーンを介したSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始しなくてもよい。より詳細には、UEは、登録手続きにおいて、URSPを用いたSNPN情報の提供手続きの使用が許可されたことを認識した場合、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始しなくてもよい。 On the contrary, the UE does not have to start the PDU session establishment procedure when it recognizes that the use of the SNPN information provision procedure via the control plane is permitted in the registration procedure. More specifically, the UE may not initiate the PDU session establishment procedure if it recognizes that the registration procedure has allowed the use of the SNPN information provision procedure using the URSP.
 さらに、非登録手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、実行されてよい。具体的には、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づいて、非登録手続きを実行してよい。さらに、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きの成功に基づいて、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the non-registration procedure may be executed based on the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. Specifically, each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the completion of the SNPN information provision procedure. In addition, each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the success of the procedure for providing SNPN information.
 さらに、非登録手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了後に、実行されてよい。具体的には、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了後に、非登録手続きを実行してよい。さらに、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した後に、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the non-registration procedure may be executed after the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed. Specifically, each device may execute the non-registration procedure after completing the procedure for providing SNPN information. Further, each device may execute the non-registration procedure after the procedure for providing the SNPN information is successful.
 逆に、非登録手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了に基づかずに、実行されてもよい。具体的には、各装置は、タイマーの満了に基づいて、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。さらに、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きの失敗に基づいて、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 On the contrary, the non-registration procedure may be executed without completing the procedure for providing SNPN information. Specifically, each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the expiration of the timer. In addition, each device may perform a non-registration procedure based on the failure of the SNPN information provision procedure.
 さらに、非登録手続きは、SNPN情報の提供手続きの完了前に、実行されてもよい。具体的には、各装置は、タイマーが満了した場合、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。さらに、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, the non-registration procedure may be executed before the completion of the procedure for providing SNPN information. Specifically, each device may execute a non-registration procedure when the timer expires. Further, each device may execute a non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、非登録手続きは、UE主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了した場合、UE主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed, the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure when the procedure for providing SNPN information is completed.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、非登録手続きは、UE主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが成功した場合、UE主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful, the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information is successful.
 オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、非登録手続きは、UE主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、オンボーディングサービスが完了した場合、UE主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 When the onboarding service is completed, the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure once the onboarding service is complete.
 さらに、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、非登録手続きは、UE主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、オンボーディングサービスが成功した場合、UE主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is successful, the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure if the onboarding service is successful.
 さらに、UEが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、非登録手続きは、UE主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、UEが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、UE主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, when the timer managed by the UE expires, the non-registration procedure may be a UE-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a UE-led non-registration procedure when the timer managed by the UE expires.
 逆に、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが完了しなかった場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 On the contrary, if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information is not completed.
 さらに、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、SNPN情報の提供手続きが失敗した場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-led non-registration procedure if the procedure for providing SNPN information fails.
 さらに、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、オンボーディングサービスが完了しなかった場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service is not completed, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure if the onboarding service is not completed.
 さらに、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、オンボーディングサービスが失敗した場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the onboarding service fails, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure if the onboarding service fails.
 さらに、ネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、ネットワークが管理しているタイマーが満了した場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, when the timer managed by the network expires, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure when the network-managed timer expires.
 さらに、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、非登録手続きは、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きであってもよい。言い換えると、各装置は、オンボーディングサービスのみ使用可能なレジストレーションが有効ではなくなった場合、ネットワーク主導の非登録手続きを実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the registration that can only be used for the onboarding service is no longer valid, the non-registration procedure may be a network-led non-registration procedure. In other words, each device may perform a network-driven non-registration procedure when registrations that are only available for onboarding services are no longer valid.
 さらに、第1の手続き中の手続きの実行が失敗に終わった場合、各装置は、それ以降の手続きを実施しなくてもよい。この場合、各装置は、前記手続きの実行の失敗に基づいて、制御メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよいし、制御メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施することで、第1の手続きを完了してもよい。 Furthermore, if the execution of the procedure during the first procedure ends in failure, each device does not have to carry out the subsequent procedures. In this case, each device may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message based on the failure to execute the procedure, or may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message. , You may complete the first procedure.
 具体的には、登録手続きにおいて、登録拒絶メッセージが送受信された場合、UEは、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施することで、第1の手続きを完了してもよい。 Specifically, when a registration refusal message is sent and received in the registration procedure, the UE may perform processing based on the information contained in the registration refusal message, or based on the information contained in the registration refusal message. The first procedure may be completed by carrying out the process.
 さらに、第1の手続き中の手続きの実行が失敗に終わった場合、各装置は、第1の手続きをはじめからやり直してもよい。この場合、各装置は、前記手続きの実行の失敗に基づいて、制御メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよいし、制御メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施した後に、第1の手続きをはじめから再実行してもよい。 Furthermore, if the execution of the procedure during the first procedure ends in failure, each device may restart the first procedure from the beginning. In this case, each device may perform processing based on the information contained in the control message based on the failure to execute the procedure, or after performing the processing based on the information contained in the control message, each device may perform the processing. You may re-execute the first procedure from the beginning.
 具体的には、登録手続きにおいて、登録拒絶メッセージが送受信された場合、UEは、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよいし、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる情報に基づいた処理を実施後、第1のネットワーク選択を再実行してもよい。 Specifically, when a registration refusal message is sent and received in the registration procedure, the UE may perform processing based on the information contained in the registration refusal message, or based on the information contained in the registration refusal message. After performing the process, the first network selection may be re-executed.
 [5. 変形例]
 本発明の一態様に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明の一態様に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであっても良い。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。
[5. Modification example]
The program that operates on the apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention is a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) or the like to operate a computer so as to realize the functions of the embodiment according to one aspect of the present invention. Is also good. The program or the information handled by the program is temporarily stored in volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, Hard Disk Drive (HDD), or other storage device system.
 尚、本発明の一態様に関わる実施形態の機能を実現する為のプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録しても良い。この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行する事によって実現しても良い。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体、短時間動的にプログラムを保持する媒体、あるいはコンピュータが読み取り可能なその他の記録媒体であっても良い。 It should be noted that the program for realizing the function of the embodiment according to one aspect of the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. It may be realized by loading the program recorded on this recording medium into a computer system and executing it. The term "computer system" as used herein is a computer system built into a device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices. Further, the "computer-readable recording medium" is a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another recording medium that can be read by a computer. Is also good.
 また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、たとえば、集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサでもよいし、従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであっても良い。前述した電気回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、本発明の一又は複数の態様は当該技術による新たな集積回路を用いる事も可能である。 Further, each functional block or various features of the device used in the above-described embodiment can be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits. Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein can be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or others. Programmable Logic Devices, Discrete Gate or Transistor Logic, Discrete Hardware Components, or Combinations thereof. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, a conventional processor, a controller, a microcontroller, or a state machine. The electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. Further, when an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit appears due to the progress of semiconductor technology, one or a plurality of aspects of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit according to the technology.
 なお、本願発明の一態様は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の1例を記載したが、本願発明の一態様は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器等の端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。 Note that one aspect of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment. In the embodiment, one example of the device has been described, but one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this, and is not limited to this, and a stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, for example, an AV device. , Kitchen equipment, cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other terminal devices or communication devices such as living equipment.
 以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。

 
Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to this embodiment and includes design changes and the like within a range not deviating from the gist of the present invention. Further, the present invention can be variously modified within the scope of the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining the technical means disclosed in the different embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Will be. Further, the elements described in each of the above-described embodiments are included, and a configuration in which elements having the same effect are replaced with each other is also included.

Claims (4)

  1.  UE(User Equipment;端末装置)であって、
      第1のネットワークにおいて、
       制御装置に、オンボーディングサービスのみを示す情報を含む登録要求メッセージを送信し、
       前記制御装置から、第1の情報を含む登録拒絶メッセージを受信する、
      送受信部と、制御部とを備え、
     第1の情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す理由値であり、
     前記第1の情報に基づいて、前記制御部は、前記第1のネットワークを識別する情報を第1のリストに入れ、さらに、ネットワーク選択を実施し、
     前記第1のリストは、一又は複数の、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストである、
     ことを特徴とするUE。
    UE (User Equipment)
    In the first network
    Send a registration request message to the controller containing information indicating only the onboarding service.
    Receive a registration refusal message containing the first information from the control device,
    It has a transmitter / receiver unit and a control unit.
    The first information is the reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable.
    Based on the first information, the control unit puts the information identifying the first network into the first list, further performs network selection, and performs network selection.
    The first list is a list containing information identifying one or more networks in which the onboarding service is unavailable.
    UE characterized by that.
  2.  前記制御部は、SNPN情報の取得完了に基づいて、前記第1のリストを削除する、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のUE。
    The control unit deletes the first list based on the completion of acquisition of the SNPN information.
    The UE according to claim 1, wherein the UE is characterized in that.
  3.  前記送受信部は、
      SNPN情報の取得完了後に、非登録手続きを実行し、
      前記非登録手続きにて、前記制御装置から、非登録受諾メッセージを受信し、
     前記制御部は、前記非登録受諾メッセージの受信に基づいて、前記第1のリストを削除する、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のUE。
    The transmitter / receiver
    After completing the acquisition of SNPN information, execute the non-registration procedure and
    In the non-registration procedure, a non-registration acceptance message is received from the control device, and the non-registration acceptance message is received.
    The control unit deletes the first list based on the receipt of the non-registration acceptance message.
    The UE according to claim 1, wherein the UE is characterized in that.
  4.  UE(User Equipment;端末装置)の通信制御方法であって、
     第1のネットワークにおいて、
      制御装置に、オンボーディングサービスのみを示す情報を含む登録要求メッセージを送信するステップと、
      前記制御装置から、第1の情報を含む登録拒絶メッセージを受信するステップとを有し、
     第1の情報は、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であることを示す理由値であり、
     前記第1の情報に基づいて、前記UEは、前記第1のネットワークを識別する情報を第1のリストに入れ、さらに、ネットワーク選択を実施し、
     前記第1のリストは、一又は複数の、オンボーディングサービスが使用不能であるネットワークを識別する情報が含まれたリストである、
     ことを特徴とするUEの通信制御方法。
    It is a communication control method for UE (User Equipment).
    In the first network
    A step to send a registration request message to the controller containing information indicating only the onboarding service, and
    It has a step of receiving a registration refusal message containing the first information from the control device.
    The first information is the reason value indicating that the onboarding service is unavailable.
    Based on the first information, the UE puts information identifying the first network into the first list and further performs network selection.
    The first list is a list containing information identifying one or more networks in which the onboarding service is unavailable.
    UE communication control method characterized by that.
PCT/JP2021/035292 2020-10-01 2021-09-27 User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD WO2022071197A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022553937A JPWO2022071197A1 (en) 2020-10-01 2021-09-27

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020166657 2020-10-01
JP2020-166657 2020-10-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022071197A1 true WO2022071197A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Family

ID=80951592

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/035292 WO2022071197A1 (en) 2020-10-01 2021-09-27 User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022071197A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2022071197A1 (en)

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021052346A (en) * 2019-09-26 2021-04-01 日本電気株式会社 Radio terminal, core network node, and method thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021052346A (en) * 2019-09-26 2021-04-01 日本電気株式会社 Radio terminal, core network node, and method thereof

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Core Network and Terminals; Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3; (Release 16)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION; 3GPP TS 24.501, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), no. V16.6.0, 25 September 2020 (2020-09-25), pages 1 - 723, XP051960988 *
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on enhanced support of non-public networks (Release 17)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL REPORT; 3GPP TR 23.700-07, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), no. V1.0.0, 9 September 2020 (2020-09-09), pages 1 - 215, XP051925989 *
INTERDIGITAL INC.: "Solution for UE onboarding and remote provisioning", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000910, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), XP051842963 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022071197A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020204092A1 (en) User device, control device, and communication control method
WO2021205955A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
JP7283869B2 (en) User device, control device, and communication control method
WO2021215228A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and access and mobility management function (amf)
WO2021060383A1 (en) User device and core network device
WO2021015200A1 (en) User device, intra-core network device, and communication control method
WO2021015199A1 (en) User equipment, device in core network, and communication control method
JP6828000B2 (en) UE, control device, UE communication control method and control device communication control method
WO2021085615A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2021132288A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2021193937A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2021132502A1 (en) Ue, control device, and communication control method
WO2021085568A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
JP6859306B2 (en) UE, control device and communication control method
WO2020218537A1 (en) Ue and control device within core network
JP7251936B2 (en) User device, control device, and communication control method
WO2022071197A1 (en) User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD
WO2022071199A1 (en) User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD
WO2022071198A1 (en) User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD
WO2022107778A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2022107779A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2022215591A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2022215596A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2022215595A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method
WO2022215594A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21875499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022553937

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21875499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1